Standardbook 2005-08 e

1 MATERIALS
2005
DRILLING AND THREAD DEPTHS
2
THREAD SELECTION SERIES AND UNDERCUTS
DESIGN DIRECTIVES
3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

STANDARDS BOOK / DESIGN
PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

4
TIGHTENING TORQUES, PRETENSIONING TOOLS
This copy will not be updated in case of changes!
DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

5 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH
COUNTERSINKS/COUNTERBORES AND/OR HOLES;
FOUNDATION ANCHORING ELEMENTS
MECHANICAL FASTENERS
PRODUCT STANDARDS / PARTS KEPT IN STOCK
6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

SCREWS/BOLTS; WASHERS AND RETAINING ELEMENTS;
LOCKNUTS AND LOCKING PLATES
7 FEATHER KEYS
8 AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS
STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS

SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS KEPT IN STOCK
9
AUXILIARY AND OPERATING MATERIALS CARRIED
IN STOCK
STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

10 FLANGES, WELDING FITTINGS, PIPE FASTENERS,
HOSELINES
The most recent versions of the standards can be found on the Intranet under:
• Standardization – Standards Online
The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as well as the disclosure of its content to others without prior explicit
written consent by SMS Demag AG are prohibited. This document has to be protected against unauthorized access by third parties.
Contravention obligates to payment of damages.
All rights arising under patent/utility model/trademark protection reserved.
SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

Normung (Dept. of Standardization)
Phone: (0 27 33) 29-10 93
Fax: (0 27 33) 29-10 73
E-mail: hueb@sms-demag.com
1st edition (August 2005)

August 2005
Materials
SN 359
Selection
This standard specifies materials which are used in SMS Demag products; priority shall be given to the materials of SN 483,
which are available from stock.
Table of contents:
Rolled and forged steels

Unalloyed structural steels .................................................................................................................................. Pages 2 & 3
Normalised/normalised rolled weldable fine grain structural steels ..................................................................... Pages 4 & 5
Bright steel products............................................................................................................................................ Pages 4 & 5
Sheets ................................................................................................................................................................. Pages 4 & 5
Tube steels, stainless steel tubes........................................................................................................................ Pages 4 & 5
Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes............................................................................................ Pages 6 & 7
Structural steels for flat products of high yield strength steels in the quenched and tempered condition ............ Pages 8 & 9
Bright steel .......................................................................................................................................................... Pages 8 & 9
Unalloyed quenched and tempered steels ...........................................................................................................Pages 8 to 11
Flame hardening steels; steels suitable for nitration hardening, alloyed QT steels ............................................. Pages 10 & 11
Case hardening steels......................................................................................................................................... Pages 12 & 13
High temperature steels ...................................................................................................................................... Pages 12 & 13
Steels for forgings ................................................................................................................................................Pages 12 to 15

Stainless steels ................................................................................................................................................... Pages 16 & 17
High-strength steels with company designations................................................................................................. Pages 18 & 19
Materials for screws, bolts, nuts and set screws ..................................................................................................Pages 20 to 23
Cast iron
Grey cast iron ........................................................................................................................................................ Pages 24 & 25
Spheroidal graphite cast iron................................................................................................................................. Pages 24 & 25
Malleable cast iron ................................................................................................................................................ Pages 24 & 25
Cast steel
Cast steel ..............................................................................................................................................................Pages 24 to 29
Non-ferrous metals
Copper-tin-zinc cast alloys (red brass) .................................................................................................................. Pages 30 & 31
Copper-tin cast alloys (tin bronze)......................................................................................................................... Pages 30 & 31
Copper-tin-lead cast alloys (cast tin-lead-bronze) ................................................................................................. Pages 30 & 31
Copper-aluminium cast alloys (cast aluminium-bronze) ........................................................................................ Pages 30 & 31
White bronze ......................................................................................................................................................... Pages 30 & 31
Copper-zinc cast alloys (special cast brass).......................................................................................................... Pages 32 & 33
Copper-zinc alloy (special brass) .......................................................................................................................... Pages 32 & 33
Copper-zinc alloy................................................................................................................................................... Pages 32 & 33
Copper .................................................................................................................................................................. Pages 32 & 33
Tin cast alloy for multilayer plain bearings (bearing metal).................................................................................... Pages 32 & 33
Sintered bronze, oil-impregnated .......................................................................................................................... Pages 32 & 33
Maintenance-free sliding materials........................................................................................................................Pages 34 to 37
Footnotes ............................................................................................................................................... Page 38
Continued on pages 2 to 36
Page 2
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2)
Notch impact energy ISO-

V-specimen, longit. dir. = l
Elongation at rupture
Reduction of area at
Material
Brinell hardness G
Specimen position
Nominal thickness
and long products

Yield point for flat
Tensile strength
transverse dir. = t
(guide values)
rupture
Z KV HBW
Type Heat ReH Rm
Density MPa MPa
and Designation No. treatment mm % J
standard condition %
kg/dm³
min. min. min. min. max.
≤ 16 235 26
> 16 ≤ 40 225 26
> 40 ≤ 63 215 360 to 510 25
S235JR 1.0038 - 7,85 > 63 ≤ 80 215 24 - 27 / l -
> 80 ≤ 100 215 24
> 100 ≤ 150 195 350 to 500 22
> 150 ≤ 200 185 21
340 to 490
> 200 ≤ 250 175 21
≤ 16 275 23
> 16 ≤ 40 265 23
> 40 ≤ 63 255 410 to 560 22
> 63 ≤ 80 245 21
S275JR 1.0044 - 7,85 - 27 / l -
> 80 ≤ 100 235 21
> 100 ≤ 150 225 400 to 540 19
> 150 ≤ 200 215 18
380 to 540
> 200 ≤ 250 205 18
≤ 16 355 22
> 16 ≤ 40 345 22
> 40 ≤ 63 335 470 to 630 21
> 63 ≤ 80 325 20 27 / l
S355J2 1.0577 +N * 7,85 > 80 ≤ 100 315 20 - -
at – 20°C
Unalloyed > 100 ≤ 150 295 18
structural steels > 150 ≤ 200 285 450 to 600 17
> 200 ≤ 250 275 17
DIN EN 10025-2 > 250 ≤ 400 265 17
≤ 16 295 20 -
16) > 16 ≤ 40 285 20 -
> 40 ≤ 63 275 470 to 610 19 -
> 63 ≤ 80 265 18 -
E295 1.0050 - 7,85 - -
> 80 ≤ 100 255 18 -
> 100 ≤ 150 245 450 to 610 16 -
> 150 ≤ 200 235 15 -
440 to 610
> 200 ≤ 250 225 15 -
≤ 16 335 16 -
> 16 ≤ 40 325 16 -
> 40 ≤ 63 315 570 to 710 15 -
> 63 ≤ 80 305 14 -
E335 1.0060 - 7,85 - -
> 80 ≤ 100 295 14 -
> 100 ≤ 150 275 550 to 710 12 -
> 150 ≤ 200 265 11 -
540 to 710
> 200 ≤ 250 255 11 -
≤ 16 360 11 -
> 16 ≤ 40 355 11 -
> 40 ≤ 63 345 670 to 830 10 -
> 63 ≤ 80 335 9 -
E360 1.0070 - 7,85 > 80 ≤ 100 325 9 - - -
> 100 ≤ 150 305 650 to 830 8 -
> 150 ≤ 200 295 640 to 830 7 -
> 200 ≤ 250 285 7 -
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2
*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping
For footnotes see page 38

Page 3
SN 359 : 2005-08
Flame and Relative cost
Nitration-hardened factor
induction-hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)
Chemical composition
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
tempeature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P &. S Cr Mo Cu N TP
SMS Demag specif.
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. max. each max. max. max.
0,17
- - - - - - - 1,40 0,035 - - - 0,012 1 - 0,9 1,2 0,9

0,20
0,21
Wall
thickn.
- - - - - - - 1,50 0,035 - - - 0,012 2 from 1,0 1,2 0,9 General purpose
0,22 30 mm: steels
ca. 150°C
limited feasibility 0,20

Wall
thickn.
480 420 0,6
- - - 0,55 1,60 0,025 - - 0,55 - 2 from 1,0 1,3 1,0
+ 50
0,22 30 mm:
ca. 150°C
General purpose
150 steels
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,012 3 to 1,0 1,3 1,0
Screws/bolts 5.6 up to
200
dia. 40 mm
200
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,012 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,0
400
General purpose
steels
200
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,012 4 to 1,2 1,6 1,0
400
Page 4
SN 359 : 2005–08
Strength properties
1) 2)
Yield point or 0,2% proof
Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
longitudinal dir. = l
transverse dir. = t
ISO-V-specimen,
t = wall thickness
Tensile strength
(guide value)
rupture
stress
Supplementary ReH / Rm Z KV HBW
Type Rp 0,2
symbols 17) Density
and Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J
Heat treatment
standard
condition 18) kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. max.
≤ 16 355
> 16 ≤ 40 345 22
> 40 ≤ 63 335 470 to 630
> 63 ≤ 80 325
S355N 1.0545 7,85 > 80 ≤ 100 315 - 55 / l -
>100 ≤ 150 295 21
>150 ≤ 200 285 450 to 600
Normalised/ >200 ≤ 250 275
normalised ≤ 16 420
rolled weldable > 16 ≤ 40 400 19
fine grain > 40 ≤ 63 390 520 to 680
structural steels normalised > 63 ≤ 80 370
S420N 1.8902 7,84 - 55 / l -
> 80 ≤ 100 360
DIN EN 10025-3 >100 ≤ 150 340 18
>150 ≤ 200 330 500 to 650
16)
> 200 ≤ 250 320
≤ 16 460
> 16 ≤ 40 440
> 40 ≤ 63 430 550 to 720
S460N 1.8901 7,84 > 63 ≤ 80 410 17 - 55 / l -
> 80 ≤ 100 400
>100 ≤ 150 380
>150 ≤ 200 370 530 to 700
≥ 5 ≤ 10 510 650 to 950 6
> 10 ≤ 16 420 600 to 900 7
E295GC 1.0533 +C 7,85 > 16 ≤ 40 320 550 to 850 8 - - -
Bright steel > 40 ≤ 63 300 520 to 770 9
> 63 ≤ 100 255 470 to 740 9
products
≥ 5 ≤ 10 565 750 to 1050 5
DIN EN 10277-2 > 10 ≤ 16 500 710 to 1030 6
C45 1.0503 +C 7,85 > 16 ≤ 40 410 650 to 1000 7 - - -
> 40 ≤ 63 360 630 to 900 8
> 63 ≤ 100 310 580 to 850 8
Sheets -
DC01 1.0330 +LC - ≤ 3 140 270 to 410 28 - -
DIN EN 10130 -
P235TR1 1.0254 +N 7,85 - -
t ≤ 16 235
16 < t ≤ 40 225 360 to 500 25 / l 100-140
P235GH 1.0345 - 7,85 40 < t ≤ 60 215 - -
Tubes
t ≤ 12
DIN EN 10216-1 355 490 to 650
12 < t ≤ 20
DIN EN 10216-2 20 < t ≤ 40 345
DIN EN 10216-3 P355N 1.0562 +N 7,85 335 490 to 630 22 / l - 55 / l 145-185
40 < t ≤ 50
DIN EN 10305-4
50 < t ≤ 65 325
65 < t ≤ 80 315
450 to 590
80 < t ≤ 100 305
E 235 1.0308 +N 7,85 - 235 340 to 480 25 - - -
X2CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4404 8,0 ≤ 50 190 490 to 690 40 / l - 100 / l -

Stainless steel
tubes solution heat
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 treated and 7,9 ≤ 50 200 500 to 730 35 / l - 100 / l 130-180
DIN EN 10216-5 quenched
DIN EN 10217-7
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 8,0 ≤ 50 210 500 to 730 35 / l - 100 / l 130-180
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2

Page 5
SN 359 : 2005-08
Relative cost
Flame and factor
Nitration-hardened
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
tempeature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) each max.
N max. 0,015
Al min. 0,02 †)
0,90 total
max. max. P: 0,030 max. max. max.
- - - - - - to Cu max. 0,55 1 150 1,1 1,6 1,2
0,20 0,50 S: 0,025 0,30 0,10 0,50
1,65 Nb max. 0,05
V max. 0,12
Ti max. 0,05 Welding regulations
of SEW 088 shall be
N max. 0,025 observed
Al min. 0,02 †)
1,00 total
- - - - - - to Cu max. 0,55 ‡) 2 150 1,2 1,7 1,2 Subsequent
0,20 0,60 S: 0,025 0,30 0,10 0,80 attachment welds are
1,70 Nb max. 0,05
V max. 0,20 not permitted; bolted
Ti max. 0,05 connections shall be
used instead
N max. 0,025
Al min. 0,02 †)
1,00 total
- - - - - - to Cu max. 0,55 ‡) 2 150 1,3 1,8 1,2
0,20 0,60 S: 0,025 0,30 0,10 0,80
1,70 Nb max. 0,05
V max. 0,20
Ti max. 0,05
150
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - N ≤ 0,009 3 to 1,0 1,3 1,3
200
Bright unalloyed
steels, key steels
0,42 0,50 200
max. max. max. max. Cr+Mo+Ni
- - - - - - to to 0,045 4 to 1,1 1,4 2,3
0,40 0,40 0,10 0,40 max. 0,63
0,50 0,80 400
max. max.
- - - - - - - 0,045 - - - - 2 - - - 1,0 Sheets
0,12 0,60
max.
- - 0,040 - - - N ≤ 0,009 1,0
0,17
- - - - - - 0,10 0,40 1 - 0,9 1,2
max.
to to 0,040 - - - - 3,0
0,17
0,35 0,80
Al total
min. 0,020
0,90 Cu max. 0,30
- - - - - - to N 0,020 1 - 1,0 1,3 1,3
0,20 0,50 S: 0,020 0,30 0,08 0,50 max.
1,70 Nb max. 0,05
Ti max. 0,040
V max. 0,10 Pipelines
max. max. max. P: 0,025
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,17 0,35 1,20 S: 0,015
16,5 2,0 10,0
max. max. max. P: 0,045
- - - - - - to to to N ≤ 0,11 - - - - -
0,03 1,0 2,0 S: 0,015
18,5 2,5 13,0
17,0 9,0
max. max. max. P: 0,045 Ti 5x%C
- - - - - - to - to 1 - - - 8,1
0,08 1,0 2,0 S: 0,015 to 0,70
19,0 12,0
16,5 2,0 10,5
max. max. max. P: 0,045 Ti 5x%C
- - - - - - to to to 1 - - - 12,0
0,08 1,0 2,0 S: 0,015 to 0,70
18,5 2,5 13,5
†) The minimum value of the Al total content does not apply if there are sufficient contents of nitrogen-fixing elements.
‡) When the copper content exceeds 0,35%, the nickel content shall be at least half the copper content.
Page 6
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)
Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Product thickness
reversed bending
ISO-V-specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
transverse = t
Yield point
stresses
rupture
Supplementary t ReH Rm Z KV Rbw HBW
Type
symbols 17) Density
and Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J N/mm2
Heat treatment
standard
condition 18) kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. max.
t ≤ 16 275
16 < t ≤ 40 270 440 to 590
40 < t ≤ 60 260
16Mo3 1.5415 +N 7,86 22 - 31/t - -
60 < t ≤ 100 240 430 to 560
100 < t ≤ 150 220 420 to 570
150 < t ≤ 250 210 410 to 570
t ≤ 16 265
16 < t ≤ 40 255
410 to 530
40 < t ≤ 60 245
P265GH 1.0425 +N 7,85 22 - 40/t - -
60 < t ≤ 100 215
100 < t ≤ 150 200 400 to 530
150 < t ≤ 250 185 390 to 530
t ≤ 16 300
450 to 600 31/t
+NT 16 < t ≤ 60 290
13CrMo4-5 1.7335 7,85 60 < t ≤ 100 270 440 to 590 19 - 27/t - -
+NT or +QT 100 < t ≤ 150 255 430 to 580 -
Flat products +QT 150 < t ≤ 250 245 420 to 570 -

made of steels t ≤ 16 275
for pressure
purposes 16 < t ≤ 40 265 390 to 510 24
40 < t ≤ 60 255
DIN EN P275NH 1.0487 +N 7,85 - - - -
60 < t ≤ 100 235 370 to 490
10028-2,3 and 6
100 < t ≤ 150 225 360 to 480 23
16)
150 < t ≤ 250 215 350 to 470
t ≤ 16 355
16 < t ≤ 40 345 490 to 630 22
40 < t ≤ 60 335
P355NH 1.0565 +N 7,85 - 50/t - -
60 < t ≤ 100 315 470 to 610
100 < t ≤ 150 305 460 to 600 21
150 < t ≤ 250 295 450 to 590
t ≤ 16 460
16 < t ≤ 40 445 570 to 720 17
P460NH 1.8935 +N 7,85 40 < t ≤ 60 430 - - - -
60 < t ≤ 100 400 540 to 710 16
100 < t ≤ 250 380 - -
t ≤ 50 690 -
P690QH 1.8880 + QT 7,85 50 < t ≤ 100 670 770 to 940 14 - 60/t - -
50 < t ≤ 150 630 720 to 900
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2

Page 7
SN 359 : 2005-08
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
Application
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
example
Machining
Material
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. each max. max.
0,12 0,40 0,25

P:0,025 max. Al total *
- - - - - - to 0,35 to to 0,30 Cu max. 0,30 2 - - - -
S:0,010 0,30
0,20 0,90 0,35
Al total
min. 0,020
0,80 Cu max. 0,30
max. P:0,025 max. max. Nb max- 0,012
- - - - - - 0,40 to 0,30 Ti 2 - - - -
0,20 S:0,015 0,30 0,08 max. 0,03
1,40 V max. 0,02
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni
max. 0,70
0,08 0,40 0,70 0,40

P:0,025 Al total *
- - - - - - to 0,35 to to to - Cu max. 0,30 2 - - - -
S:0,010
0,18 1,00 1,15 0,60
Al total
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,30 Pressure vessels,
0,80 N max. 0,012 metal sheets,
max. P:0,025 max. max.
- - - - - - 0,40 to 0,50 Nb max. 0,05 2 - - - - steel strips
0,16 S:0,015 0,30 0,08 Ti max. 0,03
1,50
V max. 0,05
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,05
Al total
min. 0,020
** ** Cu max. 0,30
1,10 N max. 0,012
- - - - - - 0,50 to 0,50 Nb max- 0,05 2 - - - -
0,18 S:0,015 0,30 0,08 Ti max. 0,03
1,70
V max. 0,10
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,12
Al total
min. 0,020
** ** Cu max. 0,70
1,10 N max. 0,025
- - - - - - 0,60 to 0,80 Nb max. 0,05 2 - - - -
0,20 S:0,015 0,30 0,10 Ti max. 0,03
1,70
V max. 0,20
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,22
B max. 0,005
Cu max. 0,30
N max. 0,015
max. max. P:0,025 max. max.
- - - - - - 0,80 2,50 Nb max. 0,06 2 - - - -
0,20 1,70 S:0,015 1,50 0,70 Ti max. 0,05
V max. 0,12
Zr max. 0,15
* The aluminium share of the heat shall be determined and indicated in the inspection document.
** The total percentage by mass of the three elements chromium, copper and molybdenum shall not exceed 0,45 %.
Page 8
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
ISO-V-specimen,
Tensile strength
longitudinal = l
t = flat product
(guide values)
d = diameter
stresses
rupture
stress
Supplementary R eH / Rm Z KV Rbw HBW
Type Density
symbol 17) R p 0,2
and Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
Heat treatment
standard kg/dm³
condition 18) min. min. min. min. min. max.
> 3 ≤ 50 620
700 to 890
quenched and 30 / l
S620QL 1.8927 7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 580 15 - at - -
tempered
- 40°C
> 100 ≤ 150 560 650 to 830
> 3 ≤ 50 690 770 to 940
Structural steels quenched and 30 / l

for flat products of S690QL 1.8928
tempered
7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 650 760 to 930 14 - at - -
high yield strength - 40°C
steels in the
quenched and > 100 ≤ 150 630 710 to 900
tempered condition
DIN EN 10025-6 > 3 ≤ 50 890 940 to 1100

quenched and 30 / l
S890QL 1.8983 7,85 11 - at - -
tempered
- 40°C
> 50 ≤ 100 830 880 to 1100
quenched and 30 / l
S960QL 1.8933
tempered
7,85 > 3 ≤ 50 960 980 to 1150 10 - at - -
- 40°C
t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 240 min. 430 24 - - 200

C22 1.0402 7,85 156
16 < t ≤ 100; 16 < d ≤ 100 210 min. 410 25 - - -
t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 300 min. 550 18 - - 240

C35 1.0501 7,85 16 < t ≤ 100; 16 < d ≤ 100 270 min. 520 19 - - - 183
Unalloyed 100 < t ≤ 250; 100 < d ≤ 250 245 min. 500 19 - - -
quenched and +N
tempered steels t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 340 min. 620 14 - - 280
C45 1.0503 7,85 16 < t ≤ 100; 16 < d ≤ 100 305 min. 580 16 - - - 207
DIN EN 100 < t ≤ 250; 100 < d ≤ 250 275 min. 560 16 - - -
10083-1 and 2
t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 380 min. 710 10 - - 330
C60 1.0601 7,85 16 < t ≤ 100; 16 < d ≤ 100 340 min. 670 11 - - - 241
100 < t ≤ 250; 100 < d ≤ 250 310 min. 650 11 - - -
1MPa = 1N/mm 2

Page 9
SN 359 : 2005-08
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
temperature
Machining
Material
SMS Demag
specific % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. max. each max. max. max. max. max.
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P: 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 † 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 † 150
V 0,12 †
Zr 0,15 †
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P: 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 † 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 † 150
V 0,12 † Vessel, trunnion ring,
Zr 0,15 † brackets, lamella
plates
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P: 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 † 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 † 150
V 0,12 †
Zr 0,15 †
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P: 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 † 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 † 150
V 0,12 †
Zr 0,15 †
0,17 0,40 from Quality steel for
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 2 30 mm 1,0 1,3 1,1
medium loading
0,24 0,70 150° C
Quality steel for
0,32 0,50 200 medium loading,
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 Cr+ Mo+ 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,2
bolts 5.6 from dia. 40
0,39 0,80 Ni 400
to 160 mm
50+6 410 2 to 0,42 0,50 max. 200
4 - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 0,63 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,2
0,50 0,80 400 Quality steel for
limited feasibility higher loading
0,57 0,60
- - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 5 - 1,6 2,1 1,3
2 to
55+6 484 0,65 0,90
4
† At least one of the grain-minimizing elements, one of which is aluminium, should be present at a min. percentage of 0,015%.
In the case of aluminium the minimum of 0,015% is valid for the soluble aluminium; this value is also considered attained when the total aluminium content
is at least 0,018%; in cases of arbitration the content of soluble aluminium shall be determined.
Page 10
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)
reversed bending stresses


Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
ISO V-specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
t = flat product
d = diameter
longitudinal
rupture
stress
Supplemen- ReH / Rm Z KV Rbw HBW
Type tary symbol Density Rp 0,2
and Designation No. Heat mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
standard treatment kg/dm³
condition 18) min. min. min. min. min. max.
t≤ 8; d ≤ 16 430 630 to 780 17 40 35 320
C35 1.0501
C35E 1.1181
7,85 8<t≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 380 600 to 750 19 45 35 -
20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 320 550 to 700 20 50 35 -
Unalloyed t≤ 8; d ≤ 16 490 700 to 850 14 35 25 370
quenched and C45
C45E
1.0503
1.1191
+QT 7,85 8<t≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 430 650 to 800 16 40 25 -
tempered steels 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 370 630 to 780 17 45 25 -
t≤ 8; d ≤ 16 550 800 to 950 12 30 - 390
DIN EN C55 1.0535
7,85 8<t≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 490 750 to 900 14 35 - -
10083-1 and 2 C55E 1.1203
20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 420 700 to 850 15 40 - -
C 75 * 1.0605 - 7,85 - - - - - - -
d ≤ 16 420 620 to 760 17 40 42 320

Cf 35 V 8) 1.1183.05 7,85 16 < d ≤ 40 360 580 to 730 19 45 42 -
Flame 40 < d ≤ 100 320 540 to 690 20 50 42 -
d ≤ 16
Conversion table for Brinell hardness (QT) see DIN EN ISO 18265
hardening 480 700 to 840 14 35 28 370
quenched and
steels Cf 45 V 8) 1.1193.05
tempered
7,85 16 < d ≤ 40 410 660 to 800 16 40 28 -
40 < d ≤ 100 370 620 to 760 17 45 28 -
DIN 17212 d ≤ 16 510 740 to 880 12 25 - 390
Cf 53 V 8) 1.1213.05 7,85 16 < d ≤ 40 430 690 to 830 14 35 - -
40 < d ≤ 100 400 640 to 780 15 40 - -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 700 900 to 1100 12 50 45 440
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 600 800 to 950 14 55 50 -
25CrMo4 1.7218 +QT 7,83
20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 450 700 to 850 15 60 50 -
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 400 650 to 800 16 60 45 -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 900 1100 to 1300 10 40 30 530

8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 750 1000 to 1200 11 45 35 -
42CrMo4 1.7225
(41 CrMo 4 V) 8) (1.7223)
+QT 7,83 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 650 900 to 1100 12 50 35 -
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 550 800 to 950 13 50 35 -
Alloyed 100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 500 750 to 900 14 55 35 -
quenched and
tempered steels
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 900 1100 to 1300 9 40 30 * 570
DIN EN 10083-1
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 780 1000 to 1200 10 45 30 * -
50CrMo4 1.7228
and (49 CrMo 4 V) 8) (1.7238)
+QT 7,85 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 700 900 to 1100 12 50 30 * -
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 650 850 to 1000 13 50 30 * -
(flame and 100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 550 800 to 950 13 50 30 * -
induction
hardening steels t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 1000 1200 to 1400 9 40 35 -
DIN 17212)
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 45 -
34CrNiMo6 1.6582 +QT 7,85 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 700 900 to 1100 12 55 45 -
100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 600 800 to 950 13 55 45 -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 30 570
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 30 -
30CrNiMo8 1.6580 +QT 7,80 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 35 -
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 700 900 to 1100 12 50 45 -
* not according to standard
1 MPa = 1N/mm2

Page 11
SN 359 : 2005-08
Flame and Relative cost factor
Nitration-hardened
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Nitriding depth
Limit hardness
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
temperature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Óthers TP
SMS Demag specific % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. each max. max. max. max.
2 0,32 0,50 200
300
51+6 420 to 200 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 Cr+ 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,6
+50
4 0,39 0,80 Mo+ 400 QT and flame
2 0,42 0,50 Ni 200 hardening steels for
360
55+6 484 to 300 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,7 medium and high
+50
4 0,50 0,80 max. 400 loads
2 0,57 0,60 0,63
400
57+6 520 to 330 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 5 - 1,2 1,5 1,8
+50
4 0,65 0,90
0,70 0,15 0,60
- - - - - - to to to 0,045 - - - - - - - - - Strip steels
0,80 0,35 0,80
2 0,33 0,15 0,50 200
300 P: 0,025
51+6 420 to 200 0,5 to to to - - - - 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,6
+50 S: 0,035
4 0,39 0,35 0,80 400 QT and flame
2 0,43 0,15 0,50 200 hardening steels for
360 P: 0,025
55+6 484 to 300 0,5 to to to - - - - 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,7 medium and high
+50 S: 0,035
4 0,49 0,35 0,80 400 loads
2 0,50 0,15 0,40
400 P: 0,025
57+6 520 to 330 0,5 to to to - - - - 5 - 1,2 1,5 1,8
+50 S: 0,035
4 0,57 0,35 0,70
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15 200
600 Trunnions, pressure
- - - 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - 4 to 1,5 1,9 1,6
+100 plates, piston rods
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30 400
Bolts 8.8 up to 100 mm

dia., nuts, piston rods,
2 0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15 300
500 drive shafts, universal
54+6 464 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - 4 to 1,7 2,1 1,6
+100 joint shafts, coupling
6 0,45 0,90 1,20 0,30 350
wobblers, mill pinions,
gear wheels
Bolts 8.8, dia. 100 to
160 mm, pressure
2 0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15 350 plates, piston rods,
500
56+6 504 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - 4 a) to 1,7 2,2 1,6 pinch rolls, universal
+100
6 0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30 400 joint shaft heads,
pinion shafts, bevel
gears
Universal joint shaft
2 0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 300 heads, worm shafts,
600
52+6 435 to 330 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9 pinion shafts, gear
+100
6 0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70 350 racks, gearwheels,
mill pinions
0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80 300 Bolts 10.9 up to

650
- - - 350 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9 dia. 100 mm,
+100
0,34 0,60 2,20 0,50 2,20 350 gear wheels
a) Forms Cr carbides, which are difficult to machine.

Page 12
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Brinell hardness G
Material
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
ISO V-specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
stress
ReH / Rm A Z KV Rbw
Type 17) HBW
Density Rp 0,2
and Designation No. Supplementary
mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
standard symbol
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. max.
156
16MnCr5 1.7131 7,85 - - 720** - - - - to
Case hardening 207
+TH 170
steels
20MnCr5 1.7147 7,85 - - 760** - - - - to
DIN EN 10084 217
179
18CrNiMo7-6 1.6587 +FP 7,85 - - 800** - - - - to
229
High
temperature
X22CrMoV12-1 1.4923 +QT 7,70 ≤ 160 600 800 to 950 14 40 27 - -
steels
DIN EN 10269
Steels for ≤ 100 39
forgings X20CrMoV11-1 1.4922 +QT 7,76 > 100 ≤ 250 500 700 to 850 16 - 31 310 -
DIN EN 10222-2 > 250 ≤ 330 27
≤ 100 215 340 24 35
S235JR 1.0038 +N 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 175 340 23 - 30 - -
> 250 ≤ 500 165 340 23 27
≤ 100 215 340 24 35 ***
S235J2 1.0116 +N 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 175 340 23 - 30 *** - -
> 250 ≤ 500 165 340 23 27 ***
≤ 100 315 490 20 35 ***
S355J2 1.0570 +N 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 275 450 18 - 30 *** - -
> 250 ≤ 500 265 450 18 27 ***
C22 1.0402 +N 7,85 ≤ 100 210 410 25 - - - -
300 ≤ 100
530 22 50
> 100 280 ≤ 250
520 22 50
+N - - -
> 250 260 ≤ 500
500 22 40
20Mn5 1.1133 7,85 > 500 250 ≤ 750
490 22 40
400 ≤ 70
550 16 50
+QT > 70 300 ≤ 160
500 20 - 45 - -
Steels for > 160 300 ≤ 330
500 20 45
forgings 270 ≤ 100
520 19 30
> 100 245 ≤ 250
500 19 25
DIN EN 10250-2 +N > 250 220 ≤ 500
480 19 - 20 - -
> 500 210 ≤ 1000
470 18 17
C35E 1.1181 7,85
♦ SEW 550 ♦ >500 245 490 to 610
≤1000 20 (31)∆
(for >500 mm) 320 ≤ 70
550 20 35
+QT > 70 290 ≤ 160
490 22 - 31 - -
> 160 270 ≤ 330
470 21 25
305 ≤ 100
580 16 -
> 100 275 ≤ 250
560 16 18
+N > 250 240 ≤ 500
540 16 - 15 - 207
> 500 230 ≤ 1000
530 15 12
C45E 1.1191 7,85
♦ >500 295 590 to 720
≤1000 15 (24)∆
370 ≤ 70
630 17 25
+QT > 70 340 ≤ 160
590 18 - 22 - -
> 160 320 ≤ 330
540 17 20
340 ≤ 100
670 11 -
> 100 310 ≤ 250
650 11 -
+N > 250 275 ≤ 500
630 11 - - - 241
> 500 260 ≤ 1000
620 10 -
C60E 1.1221 7,85
♦ >500 345 680 to 830
≤1000 12 (-)∆
450 ≤ 70
750 14
+QT > 70 390 ≤ 160
690 15 - - - -
> 160 350 ≤ 330
670 14
* Preliminary value ∆ DVM specimen, longitudinal
** Only guide values 1MPa = 1N/mm2
*** Notched bar impact bending tests at approx. –20°C

Page 13
SN 359 : 2005-08
Flame and induction hardened Relative cost
or case hardened factor
5) 6) 7)
19)
for hardening treatment

Permissible deviation
Relative cost factor
Welding suitability
Carburizing depth
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
At the surface
Application example
temperature
C min.: 0,4%
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Eht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
SMS Demag specific
(mm) % % % % % % % % (°C)
(mm) (mm) min. min. max. max. each max.
0,14 1,00 0,80 Pins, bushings, sliding
200 to
to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 4 1,5 1,9 1,2 liners, eccentrics,
400
0,19 1,30 1,10 cylinders, worm shafts,
1,6 0,2 0,8 4) 1,0
2,4 0,3 57+5 1,2 4) 1,1 0,17 1,10 1,00 pinion shafts, bevel
520 200 to
3,2 0,3 9) 1,6 4) 1,2 to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 4 1,5 1,9 1,2 gears, gearwheels
400
4,0 0,3 2,0 4) 1,4 0,22 1,40 1,30
0,15 0,50 1,50 0,25 1,40 Gear components, ring
0,035
to 0,40 to to to to - 2 a) - 1,6 2,1 2,9 gears, drive pinions,
0,015 d)
0,21 0,90 1,80 0,35 1,70 wear parts
0,18 0,40 11,00 0,80 0,30 V
P: 0,025 350 to
- - - - - - to 0,50 to to to to 0,25 to 4 - - -
S: 0,015 450 b) Coiler segments (hot
0,24 0,90 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35
strip), table rollers
350 to (covering), shafts for
0,17 0,30 10,00 0,80 0,30 V 4
P: 0,025 450 b) mandrel extension
- - - - - - to 0,40 to to to to 0,20 to - - -
S: 0,015 150 to
0,23 1,00 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35 4
280 c)
max. max. max.
- - - - - - 0,55 0,045 0,30 0,30 e) e) 0,9 1,2 1
0,20 1,40 0,08 Al min.
0,020
max. max. max. For low loads,
- - - - - - 0,55 0,035 0,30 0,30 Cr+ Mo+ e) e) - - 1 for general use
0,17 1,40 0,08
Ni max.
max. max. max. 0,48
- - - - - - 0,55 0,035 0,30 0,30 e) e) 1,0 1,3 1
0,22 1,60 0,08
0,17 0,40 Cr+Mo+
max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,40 Ni max. e) e) 1,0 1,3 1
0,10
0,24 0,70 0,63
Al min. For medium loads,
0,020 1 for general use
0,17 1,00
max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 e) e) - -
0,40 0,10 Cr+Mo+
0,23 1,50
Ni max.
0,63 1,3
1
0,32 0,50
max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 e) e) 1,1 1,4
0,10
0,39 0,80
1,3
1 For medium loads,

0,42 0,50 Cr+Mo+
max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 Ni max. e) e) 1,2 1,5 for general use,
0,10
0,50 0,80 0,63 surface-hardening
1,3
1
0,57 0,60
max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 e) e) 1,6 2,1
0,10
0,65 0,90
1,3
a) In non-hardened condition (otherwise 5: not weldable).
b) Welding in the austenitic range.
c) Welding in the martensitic range.
d) Special requirement of SMS Demag.
e) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions; to be agreed upon with design department and specialist welding engineer.
Page 14
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
ISO V-specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
stress
ReH / Rm A Z KV Rbw HBW
Type 17)
Density mm Rp 0,2
and Designation No. Supplementary
MPa MPa % % J MPa
standard symbols
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. min. max.
≤ 70 450 700 15 50
25CrMo4 1.7218 +QT 7,83 > 70 ≤ 160 400 650 17 - 45 - -
> 160 ≤ 330 380 600 18 38
≤ 70 550 800 14 45
34CrMo4 1.7220 +QT 7,81 > 70 ≤ 160 450 700 15 - 40 - -
> 160 ≤ 330 410 650 16 33
≤ 160 500 750 14 30
> 160 ≤ 330 460 700 15 27
42CrMo4 1.7225 +QT 7,83 > 330 ≤ 500
- 22 - -
390 600 16
♦ > 500 ≤ 750 390 590 to 740 16 (38)∆
≤ 160 550 800 13 25
> 160 ≤ 330 540 750 14 20
50CrMo4 1.7228 +QT 7,85 > 330 ≤ 500
- 15 - -
Steels for 490 700 15
forgings ♦ > 500 ≤ 750 490 690 to 840 15 (31)∆
≤ 160 700 900 12 45
DIN EN 10250-3 > 160 ≤ 330 630 850 12 45
30CrNiMo8 1.6580 +QT 7,80 > 330 ≤ 660
- 40 - -
590 800 12
♦ SEW 550 ♦ > 500 ≤ 1000 590 780 to 930 12 (45)∆
(for >500 mm) ≤ 160 600 800 13 45
> 160 ≤ 330 540 750 14 45
34CrNiMo6 1.6582 +QT 7,85 > 330 ≤ 660 490 700 15 - 40 - -
♦ > 500 ≤ 1000 490 690 to 840 15 (41)∆
≤ 70 980 1100 10 28
> 70 ≤ 160 820 1000 12 48
> 160 ≤ 330 780 950 12 48
33NiCrMoV14-5 1.6956 +QT 7,85 ♦ ≤ 1000
- (34)∆ - -
785 930 to 1130 12
♦ >1000 ≤ 1500 735 880 to 1080 13 (34)∆
♦ >1500 ≤ 2000 685 830 to 980 14 (34)∆
≤ 160 700 900 12 35
30CrMoV9 1.7707 +QT 7,85 - - -
> 160 ≤ 330 590 800 14 35
+QT 700 500 700 to 850 13 25 370
≤ 160 -
X20Cr13 10) 1.4021 +QT 800 7,70 600 800 to 950 12 - 20 400
+A - - ≤ 760 - - - 230
+QT 800 600 800 to 900 20

10 -
Steels for X17CrNi16-2 10) 1.4057 +QT 900 7,70 ≤ 250 700 900 to 1050 - 15 -
forgings +A - ≤ 1000 - - 295
DIN EN 10250-4 X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 - 7,90 ≤ 250 190 500 to 700 35 - 100 - -
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 - 7,90 ≤ 450 190 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 - 8,00 ≤ 450 200 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 - 8,00 ≤ 250 200 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
+QT 760 550 760 to 960 90

≤ 450 16 -
X4CrNiMo16-5-1 10) 1.4418 +QT 900 7,70 700 900 to 1100 - 80 -
+A - - ≤ 1100 - - 320
∆ DVM specimen, longitudinal 1MPa = 1N/mm2
Page 15
SN 359 : 2005-08
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Welding preheat
Application example
temperature
Machining
Material
C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
max. each max.
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,5 1,9 1,6
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30
0,30 0,60 0,90 0,15 Pressure plates, coupling
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) - - - wobblers, drive shafts, bending
0,37 0,90 1,20 0,30 blocks
0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,1 1,6
0,45 0,90) 1,20 0,30
0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15 Pressure rolls, mandrel bodies,

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,2 1,6
coilers for hot rolling mills
0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30
0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,34 0,60 2,20 0,50 2,20 Reel shafts for cold rolling m ills,
tie rods, spindle shafts,
0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 gearwheels
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70
0,28 0,15 1,00 0,30 2,90

V: 0,08
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to a) a) - - -
to 0,25
0,38 0,40 1,70 0,60 3,80
0,26 0,40 2,30 0,15

V: 0,10
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to = 0,60 - - - - -
to 0,20
0,34 0,70 2,70 0,25 Big-diameter reel mandrels for
350 to cold rolling mills,
450 b) spades, spindle shafts,
4 1,1
150 to gearwheels,
280 c) CVC blocks, pins,
350 to push rods,
0,16 12,0
max. P: 0,040 450 b) top pressure cylinder
to 1,00 to - - - 4 - - 1,1
1,50 S: 0,030 150 to
0,25 14,0
280 c)
350 to
450 b)
4 1
150 to
280 c)
0,12 15,00 1,50
max. max. P: 0,040
to to - to - 2 - - - 1,7
1,00 1,50 S: 0,030
0,22 17,00 2,50
17,0 8,00
max. max. P: 0,045 N max.
1,00 to - to 1 - 1,5 1,9 3,8
0,07 2,00 S: 0,030 0,11
19,5 10,50
17,0 9,00 Ti
max. max. P: 0,045
1,00 to - to 5x C, up 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,0
0,08 2,00 S: 0,030
19,0 12,00 to 0,70
Water boxes
16,50 2,00 10,50 Ti
max. max. P: 0,045
1,00 to to to 5x C, up 1 - - - 6,5
0,08 2,00 S: 0,030
18,50 2,50 13,50 to 0,70
16,50 2,00 10,00
max. max. max. P: 0,045 N max.
to to to 1 - - - -
0,07 1,00 2,00 S: 0,030 0,11
18,50 2,50 13,00
15,00 0,80 4,00 Discharge covers,
to to to - - - - -
0,06 0,70 1,50 S: 0,030 0,020 bottom pressure cylinder
17,00 1,50 6,00
a) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions; to be agreed upon with design department and specialist welding engineer.
Page 16
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
Type of product *
ISO V specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
stress
Supplementary ReH / Rm Z KV Rbw HBW
Type
symbol 17) Density mm Rp 0,2
and Designation No. MPa MPa % % J MPa
Heat treatment
standard
700
+QT700 - ≤ 160 500 to 13 - 25 370 -
850
800
X20Cr13 10) 1.4021 +QT800 7,70 - ≤ 160 600 to 12 - 20 400 -
950
+A - - - max. 760 - - - - 230
800
+QT800 600 to 20
900
10 - - -
900
X17CrNi16-2 10) 1.4057 +QT900 7,70 - ≤ 250 700 to 15
1050
+A - ≤ 1000 - - - - 295
X90CrMoV18 1.4112 +A 7,70 - ≤ 100 - - - - - - 265

Stainless
steels
+QT C ≤ 3 - - - - - - -
DIN 17440
X39CrMo17-1 1.4122 7,70
and C ≤ 6
+A - ≤ 900 12 - - - 280
DIN EN H ≤ 12
10088-1 to 3
500
≤ 160 180
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 quenched 7,90 - 190 to 35 - 100 -
> 160 ≤ 250 700
-
C ≤ 6 240
530
-
to 40 **
680
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 solution-annealed 8,00 H ≤ 12 220 - - -
90
520
P ≤ 75 220 to 45 **
670
500
≤ 160
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 quenched 7,90 - 190 to 30 - 100 200 -
> 160 ≤ 450 700
500
≤ 160
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 quenched 8,00 - 200 to 30 - 100 - -
> 160 ≤ 450 700
* C = cold-rolled strip; H = hot-rolled strip; P = hot-rolled plate;

** thickness at least 3 mm
1MPa = 1N/mm2

Page 17
SN 359 : 2005-08
induction- Nitration-hardened factor
hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
In nitriding depth
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
temperature
Machining
Material
SMS Demag specif.
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. each max.
350 to
- - - - - - 4 450 b) - - -
150 to
280 c) Pins, shafts, bushings,
0,16 P: 0,040 12,0 350 to pipe clamps, oil
max. 450 b) distributors, screws/
- - - - - - to 1,00 S: 0,015 to - - - 4 - - -
1,50 150 to
0,25 a) 14,0 bolts, washers, semi-
280 c) finished products
350 to
450 b)
- - - - - - 4 - - -
150 to
280 c)
- - - - - -
0,12 15,00 1,50 Semi-finished

max. max. P: 0,040
- - - - - - to to - to - 2 - - - -
1,00 1,50 S: 0,030 products
0,22 17,00 2,50
- - - - - -
0,85 17,00 0,90

max. max. P: 0,040 V 0,07
- - - - - - to to to - - - - - Wear plates
1,00 1,00 S: 0,015 to 0,12
0,95 19,00 1,30
47 375
to to - - - - - - - - -
53 448 0,33 15,50 0,80
max. max. P: 0,040 max. Cold and hot rolled
to to to -
1,00 1,50 S: 0,015 1,00 strip, hot rolled plate
0,45 17,50 1,30
- - - - - - 5 - - - -
Screws/bolts,
P: 0,045 17,0 8,00 washers, flanges,
max. max.
- - - - - - 1,00 S: 0,015 to - to N ≤ 0,11 1 - 1,5 1,9 3,8 vessels, shapes,
0,07 2,00 a) 19,5 10,50 wires, chains, semi-
finished products
16,50 2,00 10,00 Anchor bolts, shim

- - - - - - to to to 1 - - - - packs, plates, stud
0,07 1,00 2,00 S: 0,015 0,11
18,50 2,50 13,00 anchors, seals
Flanges, vessels, pipe

P: 0,045 17,0 9,00 Ti couplings, shapes,
max. max.
- - - - - - 1,00 S: 0,015 to - to 5x C 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,2 semi-finished
0,08 2,00 a) 19,0 12,00 to 0,70
products, seals
P: 0,045 16,50 2,00 10,50 Ti Flanges, pipes, pipe

max. max.
- - - - - - 1,00 S: 0,015 to to to 5x C 1 - - - - couplings, semi-
0,08 2,00 a) 18,50 2,50 13,50 to 0,70 finished products
a) In the case of bars, wires and forgings a max. content of 0.030 % S is applicable.
Page 18
SN 359 : 2005-08
Mechanical properties
1)
Notch impact energy
Test temperature for

notch impact energy
Material
Nominal thickness
ISO V specimen,
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
rupture
stress
Supplementary ReH / Rm Z KV HBW
Type Rp 0,2
symbol 17) Density
and Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J °C
Heat treatment
standard
condition kg/dm³ min. min. min. min.
> 10 ≤ 15 650 1000 13 - 20 - 20 ≥ 280

DILLIDUR
Alloyed 325L
(1.8705) +N 7,85 > 15 ≤ 25 - - - - - ≥ 260
special steel
(21MnCr6-5)
> 25 ≤ 50 - - - - - ≥ 240
≤ 25 1000 1300 12 - 30 -40

DILLIDUR®
> 25 ≤ 30 - - - - - -
400 V
(1.8715) 7,85 > 30 ≤ 50 - - - - - - 370-430
> 50 ≤ 90 - - - - - -
(17MnCr5-3)
> 90 ≤ 150 - - - - - -
Water quenched DILLIDUR® water-quenched ≤ 25 1200 1500 11 - 30 -20

wear-resisting 450 V > 25 ≤ 45 - - - - - -
(1.8720) and tempered 7,85 420-480
steel > 45 ≤ 70 - - - - - -
(18MnCr5-3) > 70 ≤ 100 - - - - - -
DILLIDUR®
≤ 30 1300 1650 8 - 25 -20 470-530
500 V
(1.8721) 7,85 > 30 ≤ 70 - - - - - - 450-530
> 70 ≤ 100 - - - - - -
(26MnCr6-3)
4 ≤ 10 - - - - -
> 10 ≤ 20 1000 1250 10 - 45 - 40
HARDOX > 20 ≤ 32 - - - - -
- +Q+T 7,85 370-430
400 > 32 ≤ 51 - - - - -
High-strength > 51 ≤ 80 - - - - -
plates made of > 80 ≤130 - - - - -
fine-grained
4 ≤ 13 - - - - -
engineering
steels HARDOX > 13 ≤ 26 1300 1550 8 - 30 - 40
- - 7,85 470-530
500 > 26 ≤ 40 - - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - - - - -
HARDOX
- - 7,85 > 10 ≤ 30 - - - - - 560-640
600
> 4 ≤ 50 700
D (1.8931) > 50 ≤ 100 650 780- 930 14* - 30* 0 -
+Q
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
WELDOX
> 4 ≤ 50 700
High-strength 700 780- 930
E (1.8928) +QL 7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 650 14* - 35* 0 -
weldable plate
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
(S690)
> 4 ≤ 50 700
F (1.8988) +QL1 > 50 ≤ 100 650 780- 930 14* - 40* 0 -
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
> 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100
D (1.8940) +Q 12* - 30* 0 -
> 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
WELDOX
High-strength 900
> 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100
quenched and E (1.8983) +QL 7,85 12* - 35* 0 -
> 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
tempered plate (S890)
+QL1 > 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100

F (1.8925) 12* - 40* 0 -
> 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
* Transverse test specimens DILLIDUR = designation by supplier of Dillinger Hütte, GTS;

1MPa = 1N/mm2 HARDOX = designation by supplier of SSAB;
WELDOX = designation by supplier of SSAB.
Page 19
SN 359 : 2005-08
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Welding preheat
Remark
temperature
Machining
Material
C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
max. max. max. each max. max. max. max. max.
Available in thicknesses from 5 to 50 mm;
Cu 0,6 100 max. short-time working temperature 300 °C ;
0,30 1,2 1,0 V 0,20 normalising temperature 920 °C to 970 °C;
P: 0,025
0,23 to to to 0,5 0,6 2 to - - - min. bending radius crosswise to direction of rolling is 5 t,
S: 0,010
0,70 1,7 1,6 Nb+V+Ti in direction of rolling 6 t; min. die width crosswise to dir.
0,20 200 of rolling is 14 t, in direct. of rolling 16 t (t = plate
thickness).
Min. bending radius crosswise to direction of rolling is 3 t,
V 0,08 75 in direction of rolling 14 t; min. die width crosswise to
P: 0,025 direction of rolling is 10 t, in direction of rolling 12 t (t =
0,20 0,50 1,80 1,50 0,50 0,80 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S: 0,010 plate thickness).
B 0,005 100
Min. bending radius crosswise to dir. of rolling is 5 t

V 0,08 75 (≤25), 6 t (>25), in direction of rolling 6 t (≤25),
P: 0,025 7t (>25); min. die width crosswise to dir. of rolling is
0,25 0,50 1,60 1,50 0,50 0,80 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S: 0,010
B 0,005 125 10 t (≤25), 12 t (>25), and in dir. of rolling 12 t (≤25),
14 t (>25), (t = plate thickness).
Min. bending radius crosswise to direction of rolling is 7 t,
V 0,08 50
P: 0,025 in direction of rolling 9 t; min. die width crosswise to dir.
0,30 0,50 1,60 1,50 0,50 1,0 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S: 0,010 of rolling is 14 t, in direction of rolling 18 t (t = plate
B 0,005 180
thickness).
0,14 0,30 0,25 0,25 Wear plate, good welding properties,
75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 130 mm;
0,14 0,50 0,25 0,25
0,18 P: 0,025 1,00 0,25 0,25 max. working temperature 250 °C
0,70 1,60 B 0 ,004 2 to - - -
0,22 S: 0,010 1,40 0,60 0,50
0,27 1,40 0,60 1,00
175
0,32 1,40 0,60 1,50
0,27 1,00 0,25 0,25 100 Wear plate,
0,29 P: 0,025 1,00 0,30 0,50 available in thicknesses from 4 to 80 mm
0,70 1,60 B 0,004 2 to - - -
0,29 S: 0,010 1,00 0,60 1,00
0,30 1,40 0,60 1,50 175
P: 0,015 Wear plate,
0,48 0,7 1,0 1,2 0,8 2,5 - 4 - - - -
S: 0,010 available in thicknesses from 10 to 30 mm
B 0,005 Fine grained engineering steel with good cold bending
Nb 0,04 - - - and welding properties, tough at low temperature,
V 0,09 75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 130 mm; max. working
Cu 0,30 temperature 580 °C
P: 0,020 Ti 0,04 2
0,20 0,6 1,60 0,70 0,70 2,0 to - - -
S: 0,010 N 0,015
Al total 150
0,015 - - -
B 0,005 Fine grained engineering steel with good cold bending

Nb 0,04 - - - and welding properties, tough at low temperature,
V 0,06 75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 80 mm; max. working
Cu 0,30 temperature 550 °C
P: 0,020
0,20 0,50 1,60 0,70 0,70 2,0 Ti 0,04 2 to - - -
S: 0,010
N 0,015
150
Al total
- - -
0,018
Page 20
SN 359 : 2005-08
2)
Diameter range of thread
Notch impact energy

Material
Vickers hardness
Tensile strength
Testing stress
stress
Type
Designation / Density
and ReL Rm A Sp KU HV10
strength category MPa MPa % MPa J
standard mm
kg/dm³
min. min. min. min. min.
4.6 7,85 - 240 400 22 - - -
4.8 7,85 - 340 420 - - - -
5.6 7,85 - 300 500 20 - - -

Screws made of
carbon steel and 5.8 7,85 - 420 520 - - - -
alloy steel
6.8 7,85 - 480 600 - - - -
DIN EN ISO 898-1
d ≤ 16 640 800
8.8 7,85 12 - 30 -
d > 16 660 830
10.9 7,85 - 940 1040 9 - 20 -
12.9 7,85 - 1100 1220 8 - 15 -
04 7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 39 - - - 380 - 188-302
05 7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - 272-353
8 ≤ d ≤ 16 690 175-302
5 7,85 - - - -
16 ≤ d ≤ 39 720 190-302
8 ≤ d ≤ 10 770
188-302
10 ≤ d ≤ 16 780
6 7,85 - - - -
Nuts with 16 ≤ d ≤ 33 870
233-302
fine pitch threads 33 ≤ d ≤ 39 930
8 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 955 250-353
DIN EN ISO 898-6 quenched and
7,85 - - - -
tempered 16 ≤ d ≤ 33 1030
295-353
33 ≤ d ≤ 39 1090
10
8 ≤ d ≤ 16 1055 250-353
quenched and
7,85 - - - -
tempered
16 ≤ d ≤ 39 1080 260-353
12
quenched and
7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 - - - 1200 - 295-353
tempered
14H 7,85 - - - - - - 140-290

Set screws made
of carbon steel 22H 7,85 - - - - - - 220-300
and alloy steel
33H 7,85 - - - - - - 330-440
DIN EN ISO 898-5
45H 7,85 - - - - - - 450-560
1 MPa = 1 N/mm²

Page 21
SN 359 : 2005-08
Chemical composition SMS Demag internal

(ladle analysis) material specification
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu Others
% % % % % % % % % %
max. max. max. max. max. max.
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003

E 295 up to thread M36
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
C35+N for threads ≥ M42 to M160
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003

50CrMo4+QT f. threads > M100 to M160
0,55 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
42CrMo4+QT up to thread M100
0,35 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003 30CrNiMo8+QT up to thread M100
0,5 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003 34CrNiMo6+QT for threads > M39
0,58 - 0,25 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,3 0,048 0,058 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,25 0,06 0,15 - - - - - 42CrMo4+QT for threads > M39
0,58 - 0,30 0,048 0,058 - - - - - 30CrNiMo8+QT for threads > M39
0,58 - 0,45 0,048 0,058 - - - - - 34CrNiMo6+QT for threads > M39
0,5 - - 0,11 0,15 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -

Page 22
SN 359 : 2005-08
2)
Material
quenching and tempering

Diameter range of thread
Notch impact energy

0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
Hardness after
Testing stress
Strength category
Steel grade
Standard Steel group Density Rp 0,2 Rm A Sp Av HV
mm MPa MPa MPa J
min. min. min. min. min.
A1 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
A2 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
A2 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 450 700 0,4 x d - - -
A2 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -

Screws made of
austenitic
corrosion-resistant
stainless steel A3 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
DIN EN ISO 3506-1

A3 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 450 700 0,4 x d - - -
A3 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -
A4 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -
240 to
martensitic C3 80 7,85 - 640 800 0,2 x d - -
340
A2 025 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 250 - -
A2 035 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 350 - -
A2 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - -
Nuts made of
corrosion-resistant
stainless steel austenitic A2 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 700 - -
DIN EN ISO 3506-2

A4 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - -
A4 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 700 - -
A4 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 800 - -
austenitic A2 200 7,85 - - - - - - -

Plain washers
200 to
DIN EN ISO 7089 St 200HV 7,85 - - - - - -
300
DIN EN ISO 7090 Steel
300 to
St 300HV 7,85 - - - - - -
370
1MPa = 1N/mm2

Page 23
SN 359 : 2005-08
Chemical composition SMS Demag internal

(ladle analysis) material specification
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu Others
% % % % % % % % % %
max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
0,15 to 1,75 to
0,12 1 6,5 0,2 16 to 19 0,70 5 to 10 -
0,35 2,25
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,17 to
1 1 0,04 0,03 16 to 18 - 1,5 to 2,5 - -
0,25
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Page 24
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Brinell hardness G
Material
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress

Strength category
reversed bending
ISO V specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HBW
Type
Heat treatment Density mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
and Designation No.
condition 18)
standard
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min.
10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 180 0,8 - - 90 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-200
1030
- 7,15 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 155 to - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 130 0,3 - - - -
Grey cast
iron 10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 225 0,8 - - 120 -
EN-JL
(GG) EN-GJL-250 11)
1040
- 7,20 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 195 to - - - -
DIN EN 1561 > 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 170 0,3 - - - -
10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 270 0,8 - - 140 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-300
1050
- 7,25 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 240 to - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 210 0,3 - - - -
Grey cast untreated

iron or max.
GGL-320 MoCr 8 - 7,30 - - - min. 350 - - - -
annealed for 280
stress relief
≤ 30 250 min. 400 18 - - - 130

EN-JS
EN-GJS-400-18U - 7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 250 min. 390 15 - - - to
1062
> 60 ≤ 200 240 min. 370 12 - - - 180
≤ 30 250 min. 400 15 - - - 130

EN-JS
EN-GJS-400-15U 11) - 7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 250 min. 390 14 - - - to
1072
> 60 ≤ 200 240 min. 370 11 - - - 180
Spheroidal
graphite ≤ 30 320 min. 500 7 - - - 170
EN-JS
cast iron EN-GJS-500-7U - 7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 300 min. 450 7 - - - to
1082
(GGG) > 60 ≤ 200 290 min. 420 5 - - - 230
DIN EN 1563
≤ 30 370 min. 600 3 - - - 190
EN-JS
EN-GJS-600-3U - 7,20 - > 30 ≤ 60 360 min. 600 2 - - - to
1092
> 60 ≤ 200 340 min. 550 1 - - - 270
≤ 30 420 min. 700 2 - - - 225

EN-JS
EN-GJS-700-2U - 7,20 - > 30 ≤ 60 400 min. 700 2 - - - to
1102
> 60 ≤ 200 380 min. 660 1 - - - 305
Malleable cast EN-JM max.
EN-GJMW-360-12 annealed for 7,30 Sample 190 360
iron 1020 (A3,4) 200
- - - -
EN-JM decarburisation diameter: 12 5 max.
DIN EN 1562 EN-GJMW-400-5 1030
7,30 220 400
220
GS 200 1.0449 +N 7,85 - ≤ 100 200 380 to 530 25 - 35 - -
GS 240 1.0445 +N 7,85 - ≤ 100 240 450 to 600 22 - 31 - -

Steel castings
for general - ≤ 30 300 600 to 750 15 - 27 - -
engineering GE 300 1.0558 +N 7,85
- > 30 ≤ 100 300 520 to 670 18 - 31 - -
uses
27
DIN EN 10293 +N - ≤ 30 300 480 to 620 20 - -30°C - -
50RT
G20Mn5 1.6220 7,85
27
+QT - ≤ 100 300 500 to 650 22 - -30°C - -
60RT
+N ≤ 250 260 520 to 670 18 - 27 - -
G28Mn6 1.1165 +QT1 7,85 - ≤ 100 450 600 to 750 14 - 35 - -
+QT2 ≤ 50 550 700 to 850 10 - 31 - -
° Expected values in the casting

Page 25
SN 359 : 2005-08
Flame and Physical Relative cost
induction-hardened properties factor
5) 6) 7)
19)
Coefficient of expansion
Modulus of elasticity
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
At the surface
temperature
Application example
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
10-6/ kN/
SMS Demag specif. K mm2 % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) each max.
88 GG-25 suitable for castings for
at –100°C to +20°C
10,0
- - - to - - - - 4 - 1,0 1,3 1,0 hydraulic systems ≤ 200 bar

113
103 at supplier's Drawing indication:
10,0
- - - to - - - - discretion 4 - 1,0 1,2 1,0 Cast iron for hydraulic components

118 test pressure e.g. 300 bar
108
10,0
- - - to - - - - 4 - 1,0 1,2 1,0 Housings, fittings, valves
for repair welding only

137
Application only in exceptional

3,0 1,6 0,5 0,20 0,60 cases upon previous agreement.
P: 0,20
- - - - - to to to to to - - 4 - 1,0 1,2 -
S: 0,12 Improved wear resistance at
3,4 2,4 1,0 0,40 1,00
elevated temperature.
Mill housings, general cast

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - 4 - 0,9 1,1 1,0 machine components with ductility
requirement
GGG-40 suitable for castings for

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - 4 - 0,9 1,1 1,0 hydraulic systems ≤ 200 bar
Chocks
at supplier's High impact resistance, bearing

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - discretion 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,1
and gear components
2
47+6 375 to 12,5 174 - - - - 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,2
4
Pistons, gearwheels, wear parts
2
47+6 375 to 12,5 176 - - - - 5 - 1,3 1,6 1,2
4
malleable cast iron specially developed for welding 4

- - - - - - - - - Threaded fittings
cosmetic repairs only 5
Cu
max. max. max. P:0,030 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - 11,1 211 max. 1 1,0 1,3 1,0 For medium loads
0,18 0,60 1,20 S:0,025 0,30 0,12 0,40 150
0,30
Cu
max. max. max. P:0,030 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - - - max. 2 1,1 1,3 1,0 Cylinders, mill housings
0,23 0,60 1,20 S:0,025 0,30 0,12 0,40 150
0,30
P:0,035 150 to
- - - - - - - - - - - - 3 1,2 1,4 1,0 Track rollers, gear components
S:0,030 300
0,17 1,00 Cu For welded, highly stressed

max. P:0,020 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - - - to to max. 1 1,1 1,3 1,0 machine components,
0,60 S:0,020 0,30 0,12 0,80 150
0,23 1,60 0,30 mill housings
0,25 1,20 Cu Bearing races, wheels,

max. P:0,035 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - - - to to max. 2 1,2 1,4 1,0
0,60 S:0,030 0,30 0,12 0,40 150 surface-hardenable
0,32 1,80 0,30
Page 26
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Brinell hardness G
Material
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress

Strength category
reversed bending
ISO V specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HBW
Type
Heat treatment Density mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
and Designation No.
condition 18)
standard
≤ 100 450 600 to 750 16 - 40 - -

+QT1 -
> 100 ≤ 250 300 550 to 700 14 - 27 - -
G26CrMo4 1.7221 7,85
+QT2 - ≤ 100 550 700 to 850 10 - 18 - -
≤ 100 600 800 to 950 12 - 31 - -

Steel castings +QT1 - > 100 ≤ 150 550 700 to 850 10 - 27 - -
for general G42CrMo4 > 150 ≤ 250 350 650 to 800 10 - 16 - -
1.7231 7,85
engineering
uses +QT2 - ≤ 100 700 850 to 1000 10 - 27 - -
DIN EN 10293
≤ 150 550 800 to 950 12 - 31 - -
+N -
> 150 ≤ 250 500 750 to 900 12 - 31 - -
≤ 100 700 850 to 100012 - 45 - -

G35CrNiMo6-6 1.6579 +QT1 7,85 - > 100 ≤ 150 650 800 to 950 12 - 35 - -
> 150 ≤ 250 650 800 to 950 12 - 30 - -
+QT2 - ≤ 100 800 900 to 1050 10 - 35 - -
High-strength
steel castings quenched and I ≤ 300 400 550 to 700 16 - 55 - -
G20MnMoNi5-5 1.6309 7,85
tempered II ≤ 200 450 600 to 750 16 - 45 - -
SEW 520

Page 27
SN 359 : 2005-08
5) 6) 7)
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
At the surface
temperature
Application example
Machining
Material
10-6/ kN/
K mm2 % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) each max.
- - - - -
0,22 0,50 0,80 0,15 Cu
max. P:0,025 max. 150 to
to to to to max. 3 1,5 1,9 1,2
0,60 S:0,020 0,40 300
0,29 0,80 1,20 0,30 0,30
- - - - -
Wheels, pinions, bevel gears
- - - - -
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,15 Cu
max. P:0,025 max. 200 to
to to to to max. 4 1,6 2,0 1,2
0,60 S:0,020 0,40 350
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30 0,30
- - - - -
- - - - -
0,32 0,60 1,40 0,15 1,40 Cu

max. P:0,025 200 to
- - - - - to to to to to max. 4 1,9 2,4 1,3 Gear construction, pinions, wheels
0,60 S:0,020 350
0,38 1,00 1,70 0,35 1,70 0,30
- - - - -
0,17 1,20 0,45 0,50

max. P: 0,020 max. Bottom knife table,
- - - - - to to to to - 2 - - -
0,60 S: 0,015 0,30 top knife slide
0,23 1,50 0,60 0,80
Page 28
SN 359 : 2006-08
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress

Strength category
reversed bending
ISO V specimen,
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
Supplementary Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HBW
Type
symbol 17) Density mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
and Designation No.
Heat treatment
standard
I 400 520 to 670 14 - 50 - -
≤ 50
hardened and II 550 700 to 850 10 - 35 - -
GS-30 Mn 5 V 1.1165 7,85
tempered I 360 500 to 650 12 - 35 - -
> 50 ≤ 100
II 450 600 to 750 10 - 27 - -
I 450 600 to 750 18 - 50 - -
≤ 50
II 600 750 to 900 10 - 35 - -
hardened and
GS-25 CrMo 4 V 1.7218 7,85 I 450 600 to 750 14 - 40 - -
Quenched and tempered > 50 ≤ 100
II 550 700 to 850 10 - 32 - -
tempered steel I > 100 ≤ 150 410 600 to 750 12 - 32 - -
casting
I 650 780 to 930 14 - 35 - -
≤ 50
DIN 17205 II 800 900 to 1100 10 - 27 - -
hardened and
GS-42 CrMo 4 V 1.7225 7,85 I 600 800 to 950 12 - 30 - -
tempered > 50 ≤ 100
II 700 850 to 1000 10 - 27 - -
I > 100 ≤ 150 550 700 to 850 10 - 27 - -
I 700 850 to 1000 12 - 45 - -
≤ 100
hardened and II 800 900 to 1100 10 - 35 - -
GS-34 CrNiMo 6 V 1.6582 7,85
tempered I > 100 ≤ 250 650 800 to 950 12 - 30 - -
I > 250 ≤ 400 600 800 to 950 10 - 27 - -
Cast steel for

flame and
G42CrMo4 1.7231 +QT 7,85 - ≤ 150 470 min. 680 12 - - - -
induction
hardening
SEW 835 G50CrMo4 1.7232 +QT 7,85 - ≤ 150 520 min. 730 11 - - - -
GP240GR 1.0621 +N 7,85 27

240 420 to 600
- ≤ 100 22 - - -
◊ MPa ◊ MPa
GP240GH 1.0619 +QT 7,85 40
245 440 to 590

G20Mo5 1.5419 +QT 7,85 - ≤ 100 22 - 27 - -
◊ MPa ◊ Mpa
Steel castings
for use at 315 490 to 690
elevated G17CrMo5-5 1.7357 +QT 7,85 - ≤ 100 20 - 27 - -
◊ MPa ◊ Mpa
temperature
DIN EN
10213-2 440 590 to 780
G17CrMoV5-10 1.7706 +QT 7,85 - ≤ 150 15 - 27 - -
◊ MPa ◊ Mpa
540 740 to 880

GX23CrMoV12-1 1.4931 +QT 7,70 - ≤ 150 15 - 27 - -
◊ MPa ◊ Mpa
◊ 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2

Page 29
SN 359 : 2005-08
5) 6) 7)
19)
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Application example
Limit hardness
At the surface
temperature
Machining
Material
10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % (°C)
SMS Demag specif.
K mm2 each
min. min. (mm) max.
0,27 1,20 150
max. P: 0,020
- - - - - to to - - - - 3 to 1,2 1,5 1,0 Bearing races, wheels
0,60 S: 0,015
0,34 1,50 200
0,22 0,50 0,80 0,20 200

max. P: 0,020
- - - 11,0 211 to to to to - - 4 to 1,5 1,9 1,2
0,60 S: 0,015
0,29 0,80 1,20 0,30 400
Wheels, pinions, bevel gears
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,20 300
2 to max. P: 0,020
54+6 464 - - to to to to - - 4 to 1,6 2,0 1,2
6 0,60 S: 0,015
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30 350
0,30 0,60 1,40 0,20 1,40 300

max. P: 0,020 Gear construction, pinions,
- - - - - to to to to to - 4 to 1,9 2,4 1,3
0,60 S: 0,015 wheels
0,37 1,00 1,70 0,30 1,70 350
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,20 300

min. max. P: 0,020 Toggle levers, crane wheels,
54 ** - - - to to to to - - 4 to - - - bevel gears
5 0,60 S: 0,015
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30 350
Parts of high strength and
0,46 0,25 0,50 0,90 0,15 350
min. P: 0,035 good depth hardening
57 ** - - to to to to to - - 4 to - - - capacity which are subject
6 S: 0,035
0,54 0,50 0,80 1,20 0,25 400 to wear
0,18
max.
to
1,20 from 30
0,25 max. P: 0,030
- - - - - - - - - 2 mm 1,2 1,4 1,0 Housings, covers
0,18 0,60 0,50 S: 0,020
150°C
to to
0,23 1,20
0,15 0,50 0,40
max. P: 0,025
- - - 12,2 211 to to - to - - 2 200 1,2 1,5 1,1 Valves, elbows
0,60 S: 0,020
0,23 1,00 0,60
0,15 0,50 1,00 0,45
max. For highly stressed machine
- - - 12,2 211 to to 0,020 to to - - 3 250 1,3 1,6 1,2
0,60 components
0,20 1,00 1,50 0,65
V
0,20
0,15 0,50 1,20 0,90 Good high-temperature
max. P: 0,020 to
- - - - - to to to to - 3 300 1,5 1,8 1,3 strength
0,60 S: 0,015 0,30 see DIN EN 10213
0,20 0,90 1,50 1,10
Sn max.
0,025
V
0,25
0,20 0,50 11,30 1,00
P: 0,030 max. to
- - - 10,5 216 to 0,40 to to to 4 400 1,5 1,9 1,7 Coiler segments
S: 0,020 1,00 0,35
0,26 0,80 12,20 1,20
W max.
0,50
** Hardness values are valid after stress-relieving at temperatures between 140 and 180 °C (see SEW 835; section 5.3)
Page 30
SN 359 : 2005-08
Strength properties Hardness data
3)

Material
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
Tensile strength
Brinell hardness
stresses
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw
Type HBW 10/1000 at
Density N/mm2 N/mm2 % N/mm2
and Designation No.
standard 20°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
Copper-tin-zinc cast
alloys (red brass)
GK-CuSn10Zn * - 8,80 min. 160 min. 290 min. 20 - 85 - - -
DIN EN 1982
CuSn10-C-GS CC480K-GS min. 130 min. 250 min. 18 70 - - -
CuSn10-C-GZ CC480K-GZ 8,70 min. 160 100 - - -

min. 280 min. 10 80
CuSn10-C-GC CC480K-GC min. 170 - - -
CuSn12-C-GS CC483K-GS min. 140 min. 260 min. 7 80 - - -
CuSn12-C-GZ CC483K-GZ 8,60 min. 280 min. 5 90 - - -

min. 150 90
Copper-tin cast alloys
CuSn12-C-GC CC483K-GC min. 300 min. 6 - - -
(tin bronze)
DIN EN 1982 CuSn12Ni2-C-GS CC484K-GS min. 160 min. 280 min. 12 85 - - -
CuSn12Ni2-C-GZ CC484K-GZ 8,60 min. 8 140 - - -

min. 180 min. 300 95
CuSn12Ni2-C-GC CC484K-GC min. 10 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GS CC482K-GS min. 130 min. 240 80 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GZ CC482K-GZ 8,70 min. 5 130 - - -

min. 150 min. 280 90
CuSn11Pb2-C-GC CC482K-GC - - -
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GS CC493K-GS min. 230 min. 15 60 - - -
8,80 min. 120 110

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ CC493K-GZ - - -
min. 260 min. 12 70
Copper-tin-lead
cast alloys CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GC CC493K-GC - - -
(cast tin-lead-bronze)
DIN EN 1982 CuSn10Pb10-C-GS CC495K-GS min. 80 min. 180 min. 8 70 60 - - -
9,00
CuSn10Pb10-C-GZ CC495K-GZ min. 110 min. 220 min. 6 (80) 70 - - -
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GS CC333G-GS min. 250 min. 600 min. 13 185 140 - - -

Copper-aluminium
cast alloys 7,60
(cast aluminium-bronze)
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GZ CC333G-GZ min. 280 min. 650 min. 13 (185) 150 - - -
DIN EN 1982
AMPCO 18-23 ** - min. 365 min. 724 min. 14 202 - - -
7,45 (185)
AMPCO 18-23 (GZ) ** - min. 386 min. 758 min. 16 207 - - -
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material
* Not according to standard

** Not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.

Page 31
SN 359 : 2005-08
Physical
properties
Chemical analysis
(main alloying constituents)
Properties Application example
Cu Sn Zn Pb Ni Fe P&S Al Si Sb Mn Others
10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % % % % %
K mm2
86,0 9,0 1,0 Long procurement period,

Resistance to normal rolling
- - to to to - - - - - - - - - only upon enquiry with
emulsion on aluminium stands
89,0 11,0 3,0 purchasing department
P: max.
88,0 9,0 0,20 Resistance to normal rolling
max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 min. 90 to to - Lead-free alloy
0,5 1,0 2,0 0,2 0,01 0,02 0,2 0,10 emulsion on aluminium stands
90,0 11,0 S: max.
0,05
P: max.
85,0 11,0 0,60
max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to - -
0,7 2,0 0,20 0,01 0,01 0,15 0,20
88,5 13,0 S: max. Sliding liners, highly stressed
0,05 sliding blocks, spindle nuts
Seawater-resistant, high moving under load, highly
P: 0,05 wear resistance, good stressed and fast-running
to impact and fatigue strength, worm gears, very well suited
90 84,5 11,0 1,5
max. max. max. 0,40 max. max. max. max. sensitive to edge pressure. as bearing metal at high
17,5 to to to to -
0,4 0,3 0,20 0,01 0,01 0,1 0,20
110 87,5 13,0 2,5 CuSn12Ni with increased surface quality and hardened
S: max.
0,05 strength and resistance to shaft material
wear.
P: max. Operating temperature
83,5 10,5 0,7 0,40 max. 250 °C.
max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to to -
2,0 2,0 0,20 0,01 0,01 0,20 0,20
87,0 12,5 2,5 S: max.
0,08
Seawater-resistant, good
metal-working and emer- Slide plates, high-load
98 81,0 6,0 2,0 5,0 gency running properties, bearings,
max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to to to to - - sensitive to edge loading,
2,0 0,2 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,3
115 85,0 8,0 5,0 8,0 cost 30% lower as compared operating temperature
with CuSn12-C-GS, not max. 150 °C
‡ weldable
Highly corrosion and wear- Bearing material for roll

75 78,0 9,0 8,0 resistant, good sliding bearings and rotary shears.
max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,7 to to to to - and very good emergency Superior to tin bronze and red
2,0 2,0 0,25 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,5 0,2
83 82,0 11,0 11,0 running properties, brass in case of journals
insensitive to edge pressure without surface hardening.
‡
Cr max.
0,05; Bearing material for roll
17 100 76,0 4,0 4,0 8,5 bearings and rotary shears.
max. max. max. max. max. Mg max. High resistance to wear and
to to to to to - to - Superior to tin bronze and red
0,1 0,50 0,03 0,1 3,0 0,05; heat, acid-proof, poor
19 128 83,0 6,0 5,5 10,5 brass in case of journals
Bi max. emergency running
without surface hardening.
0,01 properties.
Increased resistance to rolling
emulsion on aluminium stands
16 112 85,5 - - - - 3,5 - 10,5 - - - 0,5
‡ Including nickel
Page 32
SN 359 : 2005-08
Physical
Strength properties Hardness data
properties
3)
Material
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
Tensile strength
Brinell hardness
stresses
Type Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw HBW 10/1000 at
and Designation No. Density N/mm2 N/mm2 dm3 N/mm2 20°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 10-6/ kN/
standard kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. K mm²
85
220 280 5
to
MAIN-METALL ** - 4,40 to to to - 40 - - 24 112
125
300 320 15
***
White bronze 215 290 5
Alzen 305 ** - to to to - - -
275 390 8
4,80 90 35 26 75
215 290 12
Alzen 305 K ** - to to to - - -
265 390 20
min. min. min.
GS CC765S-GS - 110 - - - 95
170 450 20
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1- 8,60 19 to
min. min. min. 110
GZ CC765S-GZ - 120 - - -
200 500 18
min. min. min.
GS CC764S-GS - 140 - - - 90
Copper-zinc cast alloys CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C- 250 600 15
(cast special brass)
8,40 20 to
min. min. min. 98
GZ CC764S-GZ - 150 - - -
260 620 14
DIN EN 1982
min. min.
GS CC762S-GS - 180 - - -
450 8 105
min.
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C- 8,20 18 to
750
min. min. 115
GZ CC762S-GZ - 190 - - -
480 5
Copper-zinc alloy
(Special brass) CW713R- ca. min. min. ca.
CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi-R540 8,10 - - - - 20 105
R540 280 540 15 150
DIN EN 12164
Copper-zinc alloy 350 19
CW508L- min.
CuZn37-R350 8,40 to to - - - - - - -
R350 170
DIN EN 1652 440 28
Copper-zinc alloy
CW617N- min. min. min.
CuZn40Pb2-H080 8,40 - 80 - - - - -
H080 120 360 20
DIN EN 12420
Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
Cu-PHC CR020A 8,93
Copper specific volume resistance: max. 0,01724 µΩ • m
Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
DIN EN 1976 Cu-HCP CR021A 8,93
DIN EN 13599 specific volume resistance: max. 0,01754 µΩ • m
DIN CEN/TS 13388 Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
Cu-DHP CW024A 8,94 128
specific volume resistance: no indication
Tin cast alloy for
multilayer plain bearings 22 17 11 8
(bearing metal) SnSb8Cu4 2.3791 7,30 47 - - 31 at at at at 23,9 57
20°C 50°C 120°C 150°C
DIN ISO 4381
Sintered bronze, 60 90 5 25
sintered bronze B 50 15) - 6,80 to to to - to - - - 18 45
oil-impregnated *
100 120 8 45
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material
* Not according to standard

** Not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.
*** Upon request also < 80 HB

Page 33
SN 359 : 2005-08
Chemical composition Dimensions

Properties Application example
(main alloying constituents) (commercially available)
Cu 1,0 to 5,0; balance Zn ;

Al 35,0 to 40,0 Heavily loaded wear strips and
Good metal-working and emergency
bearings, worm gears up to medium
running properties, very long service
- load.
life, high load-bearing capacity, lower
Operating temperature
Cu 3,0 to 5,0; balance Zn ; priced than CuSn12-C-GS.
max. 120 °C
Al 30,0 to 35,0
Cu ↔57,0 to 65,0; Al 0,5 to 2,5;

P max. 0,03; Si max. 0,1; balance Zn
Fe 0,5 to 2,0; Mn 0,5 to 3,0; Screwdown nuts

Sb max. 0,08 ; Ni max. 6,0 ;
Pb max. 0,5 ; Sn max. 1,0 ;
Cu ↔55,0 to 66,0; Al 1,0 to 3,0;
Fe 0,5 to 2,5; Mn 1,0 to 4,0; Screwdown nuts under peak stress,
Sb max. 0,05 ; Ni max. 3,0 ; piston rings, sliding blocks
-
Pb max. u. Sn max. each 0,3; High strength even at higher operating
temperatures Statically very high loaded
↔
Cu 60,0 to 67,0; Al 3,0 to 7,0; Average sliding and emergency constructional parts, like bearings
Fe 1,5 to 4,0; Mn 2,5 to 5,0; running properties under high load and at low number of
Sb max.0,03 ; Ni max. 3,0 ; revolutions, highly stressed, slow-
Pb max. u. Sn max. each 0,2 ; running worm gear wheels, internal
parts of high-pressure fittings
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al 1,3 to 2,3;
Mn 1,5 to 3,0; Pb 0,2 to 0,8;
- Slide liners, shafts, washers, rings
Si 0,3 to 1,3; Sn max. 0,4;
Fe max. and Ni max. each 1,0; bal. Zn
Cu 62,0 to 64,0; Al max. 0,05;
Fe max. 0,1; Ni max.0,3; Pb max. 0,1; - - -
Sn max. 0,1; balance Zn
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al max. 0,05;
Fe max. 0,3; Ni max. 0,3; Pb 1,6 to 2,5; - - -
Sn max. 0,3; balance Zn
Cu min. 99,95; Bi max. 0,0005;
- - -
P 0,001 to 0,006; Pb max. 0,005
Cu min. 99,95; Bi max. 0,0005;

- - -
P 0,002 to 0,007; Pb max. 0,005
Deoxidised copper with limited, high

Cu = 99,90; P 0,015 to 0,040 - Anodes for galvanising baths
residual phosphorous content
Sn 87,2 to 89,2; Sb 7,0 to 8,0; High deformability, very good anti-

Cu 3,0 to 4,0; As and Fe each 0,1; For highly stressed rolling mill bear-
- seizure performance, insensitive to
Al and Zn each 0,01; Pb 0,35; Bi
edge pressure ings, Morgoil® bearings
0,08; others in total 0,2
Excellent antiseizure performance, For bearings under low load
Cu 89,0 to 91,0;
Bushings up to 100 mm dia. no maintenance requirement, sensitive 8 to 5 N/mm² at low speeds
Sn 9,0 to 11,0
to edge pressure and shock loading. (0,5 to 1,0 m /s)
↔
including nickel
Page 34
SN 359 : 2005-08
Max. sliding Max.
Density Max. load Temperature
speed pU value
Material dry dry
pstat./max. pdyn./max. Umax. pUmax. Tmax. Tmin.
kg/dm³ MPa MPa m/s MPa x m/s °C °C
deva.metal
Bronze alloys
deva.metal ® 101 6,8 200 100 0,3 1,5 200 -50
deva.metal ® 105 6,6 230 115 0,3 1,5 200 -50
deva.metal ® 111
6,4 220 110 0,3 1,5 350 -100
heat-treated
Lead bronze alloys
**
deva.metal ® 117 6,6 230 115 0,3 1,5 200 -50
Iron alloys
deva.metal ® 123 5,7 70 30 0,2 1 600 0
deva.bm Deva.bm is available in wall thicknesses of 3, 5, 10 and 20 mm
deva.bm ® 302 6,5 320 150 0,1 0,4 280 -150
deva.bm ® 312 6,3 280 80 0,25 0,8 280 -150
deva.bm ® 322 6,6 250 80 0,5 1 280 -150
deva.bm ® 332 * 7,6 250 120 1 1,5 120 -150
deva.bm ® 342 6,4 280 100 0,5 1 280 -150
deva.bm ® 362/9P 6,5 320 150 1 2 260 -260
deva.glide
dg02 8,7 100 70 0,4 1 250 -100
deva.tex
Cylindrical bushings 2 220 120 0,3 1,8 160 -100
Slide plates 2 100 60 0,3 1 80 -100
* Consultation with manufacturer is always required to determine a suitable material.

** The materials stated are only a selection from the possible materials:
a. DEVA manufactures materials for the range from -50 °C to +800 °C and others
b. Depending on the temperature of application additional heat treatments may be necessary
c. Operating factors such as vacuum, mating material, chemical attack (by rolling oils etc.), risk of corrosion
are additional criteria for the selection of the materials
The use of the above materials is generally also possible with conventional lubricants, but these should be free of
additional solid lubricants (like Molycote).
In case of heavy soiling of the bearing positions by scale, dust etc. additional dirt grooves are recommended
(see manufacturer's instructions)
Page 35
SN 359 : 2005-08
Hardness
Coefficient of friction *** Surface of shaft
Shaft
Product description/
optimal examples of application
dry in water min. Ra
f f HB (HRC) µm
0,13 - 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 180 0,2 – 0,8

deva.metal® is a highly compacted sliding material with finely
0,13 - 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 dispersed embedded solid lubricant. The metallic structure
determines the mechanical, physical and chemical properties,
0,11 – 0,16 0,10 – 0,13 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 the type and quantity of the solid lubricant and the tribological
properties.
Examples of application are:

shears, cooling beds, coiler mandrels, finishing facilities;
0,13 – 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 chains, wheel bearings, furnace applications, transfer stations,
slideways in general, etc.
0,28 – 0,45 - > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8
0,13 - 0,18 - 180 0,2 – 0,8

deva.bm®, consisting of steel back with thick deva.metall
0,11 – 0,18 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 sliding layer, combines highest load bearing capacity and
good tribological sliding properties with the compact
0,10 – 0,17 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 construction enabled by thin-walled sliding bearing materials.
0,10 - 0,13 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 Examples of application:

coiler mandrels, shears, straighteners, chains, slideways, crane
0,10 – 0,17 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 installations, presses, roll changing facilities,
cylinder clevises, tilters, etc.
0,05 – 0,15 - 180 0,2 – 0,8
deva.glide® consists of a bronze carrier material whose sliding

surface is provided with depots of solid lubricant and a film for
0,10 – 0,12 0,08 - 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 running-in.
deva.tex® consists of a fiber-glass reinforced carrier layer with

workable sliding layer that owes its high capacity to PTFE
used as solid lubricant.
0,03 – 0,12 0,03 – 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 Application of deva.tex® is recommended above all in the
case of shock loads occurring for example on crane facilities,
0,05 – 0,12 0,05 – 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 slab braking equipment
*** Note:
The sliding-friction and wear values given by DEVA or stated in catalogues or other technical literature are no
guaranteed characteristics. The values were obtained on test stands under conditions which do not necessarily
correspond to those of the immediate application and with regard to this cannot comprehensively simulated.
Page 36
SN 359 : 2005-08
Mechanical properties
Compressive strength
Material
Nominal thickness
Bending modulus
Linear expansion
Bending strength
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Rm HBW
Type
Density
and Designation No. Condition mm N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 m/m/k
standard
kg/dm³
221* 345* 33810* 518* 27 x 10-6

WearComp® - - 1,55 - -
186** 311** 32430** 345** 3,6 x 10-6
HyComp®
composite
materials
138* 209* 28300* 297* 27 x 10-6
WearComp® 200 - - 1,59 - -
- - - - 3,6 x 10-6
dry - 70 110 2700 - - -

PA 6 G - 1,13
Plastics air-humid - 50 50 2200 - - -
DIN EN ISO
1043 dry - 95 140 3400 - - -
PA 6 G + oil - 1,15
air-humid - 70 60 2500 - - -
* At 23°C
** At 260°C
HyComp®, a company of the SMS Group.

Page 37
SN 359 : 2005-08
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
Welding preheat
Properties Application examples
temperature
Machining
Material
TV
(°C)
- high-temperature strength - bearing bushings up to

under permanent 300 mm outside diameter
Company-owned mixture of high-temperature polyimide exposure: 320°C - wear plates up to a size of
- - - - -
and long carbon fibers. - low frictional resistance 760 mm x 508 mm x 25 mm
to steel: 0,18 to 0,25
- high compressive
strength: 520N/mm²
- chemical resistance
Company-owned mixture of high-temperature polyimide
- high impact resistance
and long carbon fibers with additional filler made of - - - - -
- self-lubricating properties
graphite.
Sliding members and

slippers for heavy rolling
Cast polyamide, tough - - - - - mills
e.g. LAMIGAMID® 300
Rope pulleys, track wheels

without additional bearings
Cast polyamide, tough-hard - oil-filled - - - - - Plain bearings, slide plates,
spherical blocks
e.g. LAMIGAMID® 319
Page 38
SN 359 : 2005-08
Footnotes
1) Semi-finished products kept in stock see SN 483 (Standards Book, Chapter 9).
2) The notch impact energy values are determined at 20 °C (for S355J2 at –20 °C) and are valid for samples with
longitudinal fibre orientation.
3) Measured on polished round bars of 10 mm dia.
4) The hardening depth Eht depends upon the duration of use. Therefore, only the absolutely necessary Eht shall be
indicated for reasons of economy.
5) Categories of suitability for welding:
Category 1: Good suitability for welding.
Category 2: In general good suitability for welding, heat pre-treatment and/or post-treatment may be required.
Category 3: Average suitability for welding, preheating and tempering required after welding.
Category 4: Limited suitability for welding. Necessity of preheating and tempering after welding; use of special electrode
required.
Category 5: Difficult to weld or not suitable at all for welding.
6) The temperatures indicated are guidance values; for the exact determining of the preheating temperature the influences
of the electrode and sheet thicknesses and of the type of weld seam shall be taken into account. If necessary, the
department of welded fabrications shall be consulted.
7) The relative cost of steel refers to S355J2, of cast iron (EN-GJL and EN-GJS) to EN-GJL-2900 and of cast steel to
GS-38. Comparisons are possible only within the individual groups of steel, cast iron or cast steel. The relative cost
shall not be used for calculation purposes. In the case of cast iron and cast steel the relative cost does not include
the cost of wage, mould and core components, these factors lead to higher relative cost depending upon the degree
of difficulty in the making of the castings.
8) The materials as in DIN 17212 are steels specially developed for flame and induction hardening, which are not always
available from stock at the dealer; in this case the corresponding C-steels of DIN EN 10083 can be used as substitutes.
These steels are not always fine-grained, there may be an increased risk of failure.
9) On workpieces with thicknesses above 30 mm lower hardness values are attained.
10) The steel is available in two strength categories; therefore indications like "Quenched and tempered to 700-850 N/mm²"
shall be made in the drawings.
11) When used as castings for hydraulic systems, the following drawing indication is required: Casting for hydraulic systems,
test pressure e.g. 300 bar.
12) Besides the material designation itself no entry concerning heat treatment after casting is required.
13) Additional indication required for welded parts: piece analysis C ≤ 0,25 %.
14) Wrought alloy
15) Bushings in sintered bronze B 50 are standardised up to d1 = 80 mm and commercially available up to d1 = 100 mm.
They shall be used only up to an operating temperature of 80 °C. In case of bigger diameters and temperatures above
80 °C, "DEVA-Metall" or "devagleit" shall be used instead.
16) DIN EN 10164 shall be observed when loading is in thickness direction (lamellar tearing).
17) The desired heat-treatment condition at delivery shall be specified by an indication preceded by a plus sign
(e.g. 13CrMo4-5+NT) and added after the material designation.
18) The material designation already indicates the heat-treatment condition at delivery.
19) The definition of limit hardness is given in DIN EN 10328, item 3.1
August 2005
Drilling and thread depths SN 480

Thread selection series and undercuts
Dimensions in mm
1)
Maximum drilling depths
d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2
1,2 16 - 11,8 94 125 26 165 1500 50 220 321
2 24 56 12 101 250 26,5 165 214 52 225 1500
2,5 30 62 12,5 101 - 28 170 600 53 225 -
3 33 160 13,5 108 700 28,5 175 - 54 230 -
3,3 36 69 14 108 1500 29,5 175 - 56 235 -
3,5 39 180 14,5 114 - 30 175 1100 57 235 -
4 43 190 15,25 120 230 30,5 180 - 58 235 -
4,2 43 78 15,5 120 - 32 185 500 60 235 -
4,5 47 200 16 120 315 33 185 1500 61 240 -
5 52 250 16,5 125 230 33,5 185 - 62 240 600
5,3 52 - 17 125 315 34 190 340 66 245 -
t1 for bits of 5,5 57 250 17,5 130 700 35 190 - 68 250 -
normal lengths 6 57 900 18 130 1500 36 195 267 70 250 -
t2 for bits with overlengths 6,6 63 - 18,5 135 - 37,5 195 267 76 260 -
and drilling tools 6,8 69 155 19 135 310 38 200 - 78 260 -
(twist, single-lip and 7 69 1200 19,5 140 260 38,5 200 -

ejector drills) 8 75 265 20 140 500 39 200 1500
8,5 75 265 20,5 145 - 39,5 200 360
In the d1 range from 45 mm
8,8 81 115 21 145 400 40 200 277 to 186 mm holes in 1 mm
9 81 900 22 150 1500 42 205 - dia. gradings and drilling
9,5 81 280 22,5 155 - 43 210 - depths of 6 x d1 are
possible with drilling tools.
10 87 500 23 155 198 43,5 210 -
10,2 87 185 23,5 155 345 44 210 750
10,5 87 185 24,5 160 290 45 210 1500
11 94 1500 25 160 1500 48 220 320
1)
Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes
Drilling depth Threaded connection
Core hole dia.
Max. t1 d2 t2 b
d1
dimension min.
1200 8,8 115 7 1200 8 G 1/8
1500 11,8 125 11 1500 12 G 1/4
1500 15,25 230 14 1500 12 G 3/8
1500 19 310 18 1500 14 G 1/2
1500 24,5 290 22 1500 16 G 3/4
1500 30,5 180 26 1500 18 G1
1)
All holes of drilling depths > 30 x d shall be agreed with the Operations Scheduling Dept. (material-dependent).
It is also possible to make single-diameter holes instead of multi-diameter holes. If no definite diameter is required for the hole
(d2), a diameter range, for example d2 = 11 mm to 22 mm, should be indicated to enable optimal and cost-effective
manufacture of the hole. The drawing indication of multi-diameter and single-diameter holes shall be made as follows:
e.g.
Page 2
SN 480 : 2005-08
For pipe threads as in DIN EN ISO 228-1 Drilling and thread depths
d Outside dia. Core dia. bmin. t
G 1/8 9,728 8,8 8 13
G 1/4 13,157 11,8
12 18
G 3/8 16,662 15,25
G 1/2 20,955 19 14 22
G 3/4 26,441 24,5 16 24
G 1 33,249 30,5 18 28
G 1 1/4 41,91 39,5 20 30
G 1 1/2 47,803 45 22 32
G 1 3/4 53,746 51
24 34
G 2 59,614 57
G 2 1/2 75,184 72,5
30 40
G 3 87,884 85,5
G 3 1/2 100,33 97,5 35 45
b = useful thread length
G 4 113,03 110,5
40 50
Drawing indication: G 4 1/2 125,73 123
G 5 138,43 136
G 5 1/2 151,13 148,5 45 55
e.g. G 6 163,83 161
For metric thread as in DIN 13 Drilling and thread depths
d Core dia. a b 1) t normal case t short 2) d1 + 1 t1 ≤ 3)
M 4 3,3 5 7 11 10 - -
M 5 4,2 6,5 9 14 12 8,5 8
M 6 5 7,5 10 16 14 10,2 11
M 8 6,8 10 13 20 17 11,9 17
M 10 8,5 12 15 23 20 14,1 22
b = useful thread length M 12 10,2 15 18 27 24 17,6 27
Drawing indication: M 16 14 20 24 34 30 22 39
M 20 17,5 25 29 41 36 28 50
M 24 21 30 34 48 43 32 61
e.g. M 30 26,5 38 42 58 52 37,6 78
For metric thread as in DIN 13 M 36 32 45 49 66 60 43 96
M 42 37,5 52 56 75 - 50 114
M 48 43 60 65 86 - 58 115
M 56 50,5 70 75 100 - 66 131
M 64 58 80 86 110 - -
M 72 x 6 66 90 95 119 - -
Important!
M 80 x 6 74 100 106 130 - -
M 90 x 6 84 112 118 142 - -
M 100 x 6 94 125 132 156 - - t1 sinking
depth to be
Drawing indication: M 110 x 6 104 137 143 167 - - chosen as
M 125 x 6 119 156 162 186 - - small as pos-
sible
M 140 x 6 134 175 182 206 - -
e.g. M 160 x 6 154 200 206 230 - -
The forming of a thread runout or undercut is at the discretion of the manufacturing shop provided the useful thread
length is maintained.
1)
Guidance values for length of thread engagement approx. 1,25 d.
2)
To be used only in exceptional cases. The values for b can be attained only by manual recutting of the threads.
3)
Bigger depths only upon agreement with the Operations Scheduling Dept.
Page 3
SN 480 : 2005-08
Thread runout / thread undercut per DIN 76-1
Thread runout Thread undercut
x1 normal case a1 normal case Type A normal case
x2 short a2 short Type B short
a3 long
Thread pitch Nominal thread Thread runout Distance Thread undercut

diameter x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
(coarse pitch max. max. min. max.
thread) A B A B
P d normal short normal short long h13 normal short normal short ≈
0,7 4 1,75 0,9 2,1 1,4 - d - 1,1 1,5 0,8 2,45 1,75 0,4
0,8 5 2 1 2,4 1,6 3,2 d - 1,3 1,7 0,9 2,8 2
1 6; 7 2,5 1,25 3 2 4 d - 1,6 2,1 1,1 3,5 2,5
0,6
1,25 8 3,2 1,6 3,75 2,5 5 d-2 2,7 1,5 4,4 3,2
1,5 10 3,8 1,9 4,5 3 6 d - 2,3 3,2 1,8 5,2 3,8 0,8
1,75 12 4,3 2,2 5,25 3,5 7 d - 2,6 3,9 2,1 6,1 4,3
1
2 14; 16 5 2,5 6 4 8 d-3 4,5 2,5 7 5
2,5 18; 20; 22 6,3 3,2 7,5 5 10 d - 3,6 5,6 3,2 8,7 6,3 1,2
3 24; 27 7,5 3,8 9 6 12 d - 4,4 6,7 3,7 10,5 7,5
1,6
3,5 30; 33 9 4,5 10,5 7 14 d-5 7,7 4,7 12 9
4 36; 39 10 5 12 8 16 d - 5,7 9 5 14 10
2
4,5 42; 45 11 5,5 13,5 9 18 d - 6,4 10,5 5,5 16 11
5 48; 52 12,5 6,3 15 10 20 d-7 11,5 6,5 17,5 12,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 14 7 16,5 11 22 d - 7,7 12,5 7,5 19 14
3,2
6 64; 68 15 7,5 18 12 24 d - 8,3 14 8 21 15

e1 normal case Type C normal case
e2 short Type D short
e3 long
Other dimensions same as for thread runout

Thread runout
Thread pitch Nominal thread diameter (incl. excess length of pocket Thread undercut
(coarse pitch thread) hole)
e1 e2 e3 dg g1 g2 r
Guidance values min. max.
C D C D
P d normal short long H13 normal short normal short ≈
0,7 4 3,8 2,4 6,1 d + 0,3 2,8 1,75 3,8 2,75 0,4
0,8 5 4,2 2,7 6,8 3,2 2 4,2 3
1 6; 7 5,1 3,2 8,2 4 2,5 5,2 3,7
0,6
1,25 8 6,2 3,9 10 5 3,2 6,7 4,9
1,5 10 7,3 4,6 11,6 6 3,8 7,8 5,6 0,8
1,75 12 8,3 5,2 13,3 7 4,3 9,1 6,4
1
2 14; 16 9,3 5,8 14,8 8 5 10,3 7,3
2,5 18; 20; 22 11,2 7 17,9 10 6,3 13 9,3 1,2
3 24; 27 13,1 8,2 21 d + 0,5 12 7,5 15,2 10,7
1,6
3,5 30; 33 15,2 9,5 24,3 14 9 17,7 12,7
4 36; 39 16,8 10,5 26,9 16 10 20 14
2
4,5 42; 45 18,4 11,5 29,4 18 11 23 16
5 48; 52 20,8 13 33,3 20 12,5 26 18,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 22,4 14 35,8 22 14 28 20
3,2
6 64; 68 24 15 38,4 24 15 30 21
Page 4
SN 480 : 2005-08
Thread runout / thread undercut as in DIN 76-2

x1 normal case a1 normal case Type A2 normal case
x2 short a2 short Type B2 short
a3 long
Thread Thread runout Distance Thread undercut

x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
DIN EN ISO 228-1
max. max. min. max.
Lead A2 B2 A2 B2
P d normal short normal short long h13 normal short normal short ≈
0,907 G 1/8A 2,3 1,3 3 2 4 d-2 1,5 0,6 3,2 2,3 0,45
1,337 G 1/4A to G 3/8 3,3 1,7 4 2,7 5,4 d - 2,5 2,5 1,1 4,7 3,3 0,7
1,814 G 1/2A to G 7/8 4,5 2,3 5,5 3,6 7,2 d-3 3,8 2 6,3 4,5 0,9
2,309 G1 A to G6 5,8 2,9 7 4,6 9,2 d-4 4,6 2,3 8,1 5,8 1,2

e1 normal case Type C2 normal case
e2 short Type D2 short
Other dimensions same as for thread runout
Thread Excess length of

Thread undercut
pocket hole
DIN EN ISO 228-1 e1 e2 dg g1 g2 r
min. max.
Lead C2 D2 C2 D2
P d normal short H13 normal short normal short ≈
0,907 G 1/8 4,5 3 3,8 2,3 4,7 3,2 0,45
1,337 G 1/4 to G 3/8 6,5 4 5,3 3,3 6,1 4,4 0,7
d + 0,5
1,814 G 1/2 to G 7/8 8,5 5,5 7,2 4,5 8 5,6 0,9
2,309 G1 to G6 10 6,5 9,2 5,8 10,1 6,7 1,2
1) +0,5
Recommended permissible deviation from the calculated dimension t = P 0
2)
da min. = 1 d
da max. = 1,05 d
The normal case applies every time no indications to the contrary are made in the drawings.
Page 5
SN 480 : 2005-08
Metric ISO-thread as in DIN 13
Core hole
Designation
Through-hole Lead
of thread
0,5 0,7 0,75 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6
M 4 4,5 3,5 3,3 - -
M 5 5,5 4,5 - - 4,2
M 6 6,6 5,25 5,2 5
M 8 9 7,25 7,2 7 6,8
M 10 11 9,25 - 9 8,75 8,5
M 12 13,5 11 10,75 10,5 10,2
(M 14) 15,5 13 - 12,5 - 12
M 16 17,5 15 - 14,5 - 14
(M 18) 20 17 - 16,5 - 16 15,5
M 20 22 19 - 18,5 - 18 17,5
(M 22) 24 21 - 20,5 - 20 19,5
M 24 26 23 - 22,5 - 22 - 21
(M 27) 30 25,5 - 25 - 24
M 30 33 28,5 - 28 - - 26,5
(M 33) 36 31,5 - 31 - - 29,5
M 36 39 34,5 - 34 - 33 - 32
(M 39) 42 - - 37 - 36 - 35
M 42 45 40,5 - 40 - 39 - - 37,5
(M 45) 48 43,5 - 43 - 42 - - 40,5
M 48 52 46,5 - 46 - 45 - - - 43
(M 52) 56 50,5 - 50 - 49 - - - 47
M 56 62 54,5 - 54 - 53 - 52 - - 50,5
(M 60) 66 58,5 - 58 - 57 - 56 - - 54,5
M 64 70 62 - 61 - 60 - - - 58
(M 68) 74 66 - 65 - 64 - - - 62
M 72 x 6 78 70 - 69 - 68 - - - 66
M 80 x 6 86 78 - - - 76 - - - 74
M 90 x 6 96 88 - - - 86 - - - 84
M100 x 6 107 98 - - - 96 - - - 94
M110 x 6 117 108 - - - 106 - - - 104
M125 x 6 132 123 - - - 121 - - - 119
M140 x 6 147 138 - - - 136 - - - 134
M160 x 6 168 157 - - - - - 154
M180 x 6 188 177 - - - - - 174
M200 x 6 208 197 - - - - - 194
M220 x 6 228 217 - - - - - 214
M250 x 6 258 247 - 246 - - - 244
M280 x 6 288 277 - 276 - - - 274
Sizes in brackets shall be used only in special cases.
Values in shaded boxes apply to the coarse pitch thread.
For metric ISO thread selection series see SN 152.
Size UNF thread Seating thread for threaded inserts

in SN 452 as in DIN 8140-1
inches Outside Core hole Length Core hole
Designation 2) Designation
dia. dia. L1 3) dia.
1/4 1/4 - 28 UNF 6,35 5,5 EG M 5 5 to 12,5 5,2
3/8 3/8 - 24 UNF 9,525 8,5 EG M 6 6 to 15 6,3
1/2 1/2 - 20 UNF 12,7 11,5 EG M 8 8 to 20 8,4
9/16 9/16 - 18 UNF 14,287 13,0 EG M 10 10 to 25 10,5
5/8 5/8 - 18 UNF 15,875 14,5 EG M 12 12 to 30 12,5
3/4 3/4 - 16 UNF 19,05 17,5 EG M 16 16 to 40 16,5
7/8 7/8 - 14 UNF 22,225 20,5 EG M 20 20 to 40 20,75
1 1 - 12 UNF 25,4 23,5 EG M 24 24 to 48 24,75
1 1/8 1 1/8 - 12 UNF 28,575 26,5 EG M 30 30 to 60 31
1 1/4 1 1/4 - 12 UNF 31,75 29,5 EG M 36 36 to 72 37
1 1/2 1 1/2 - 12 UNF 38,1 36
1)
Designation of female thread; for designation of male thread, add "A" for (tolerance class A; e.g. G 1A)
2)
Add tolerance class 2A to the designation for male threads and tolerance class 2B for female threads
(e.g. 1-8 UNC-2A or 1-8 UNC – 2B).
3)
L1 = nominal length of threaded insert (calculation value).
Page 6
SN 480 : 2005-08
Predrill cylindrical hole Nominal thread d1 t1

without use of an expanding dimension and NPT NPTF
reamer
number of starts
dry-sealing
≈
SN 453
1/16 - 27 6,25 6,15 12
1/8 - 27 8,5 8,4 12
1/4 - 18 11,1 11 17,5
3/8 - 18 14,7 14,5 17,6
1/2 - 14 18 17,75 22,9
3/4 - 14 23,25 23 23
core hole depth

1 - 11 29,25 29 27,4
37,5
1 1/4 - 11 38 28,1
(37,75)
44
1 1/2 - 11 44,25 28,4
(43,75)
2 - 11 56,25 56 28,4
2 1/2 - 8 67 66,5 40,8
3 - 8 83 82,5 43
3 1/2 - 8 95,5 - 44,7
4 - 8 108 - 45,6
Observe cutting depth of thread cutting tool according to data of tool manufacturer and thread plug gauge.
UNC thread Depth of thread

as in SN 451
Designation 2) Outside diameter d Core hole dia. *) b *) tnormal case *)
1/4 - 20 UNC 6,35 5,2 9 14
3/8 - 16 UNC 9,525 8 14 21
1/2 - 13 UNC 12,7 10,8 19 28
5/8 - 11 UNC 15,875 13,5 23 33
3/4 - 10 UNC 19,05 16,5 28 40
(7/8) - 9 UNC 22,225 19,5 33 47
1 - 8 UNC 25,4 22,1 37 52
(1 1/8) - 7 UNC 28,575 25 42 58
1 1/4 - 7 UNC 31,75 28,2 47 64
1 1/2 - 6 UNC 38,1 34 57 76
1 3/4 - 5 UNC 44,45 39,6 66 87
2 - 4,5 UNC 50,8 45 76 101
2 1/4 - 4,5 UNC 57,15 51,5 85 115
2 1/2 - 4 UNC 63,5 57 95 119
2 3/4 - 4 UNC 69,85 63 104 128
(3) - 4 UNC 76,2 69,5 114 138
(3 1/2) - 4 UNC 88,9 82,5 133 155
(4) - 4 UNC 101,6 95 152 181
For thread depths exceeding 1,5 x dia., the operations
scheduling dept. shall be consulted
*) defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes
( ) avoid whenever possible, no tools are available at SMS Demag

Page 7
SN 480 : 2005-08
Simplified representation in drawings
All holes having a common center must be dimensioned from the top edge of the mounting plate.
Exceptions are as follows:
Thread and core-hole depths commencing centrically or non-centrically in a centering area and holes
commencing non-centrically in a centering area. In these cases dimensioning is from the lower surface. If
the simplified representation is not clear enough, a sectional view of the situation is required.
Holes commencing non- Holes and countersinks / Thread and core-

centrically in a centering area. counterbores with common hole depths.
center
top edge of
mounting plate = datum surface
Core hole which also

serves as hole for
hydraulic purposes
August 2005
Curves, diagonals, undercuts

SN 481
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Curves and diagonals on turned parts
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Table 1 for turned parts

(for manufacturing reasons, same sizes shall be used on one workpiece whenever possible.)
r1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25 32 40
f1 2 3 4 4,5 6 7,5 9,5 11,2 13 15 22,5 26 30 37 52 60 75 93 120 150 187
f2 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4,5 5 6 7 11 12 14 17 24 28 35 43 55 69 87
f3 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32 40 50
Chamfers of 15° shall be used with preference on shafts and holes when the installation of bearings, bushes, rotary shaft
seals, wipers, guide strips etc. is intended.
Curves and diagonals on milled parts
to be used with preference
Figure 5 Figure 6
Table 2 for milled parts

(for manufacturing reasons, same sizes shall be used on one workpiece whenever possible.)
Ordinary sizes are shown in shaded boxes.
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25
f4 0,4 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 2 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32
If required for reasons of function, the curves r2 shall be stated with the permissible deviations.
Otherwise, the general tolerances as in SN 200 are applicable.
Undercuts on grooved holes
For manufacturing reasons, grooved holes shall be provided with undercuts. The type of execution shall be selected from
Figs. 7 to 9. The dimensioning of the undercut depends upon the type of feather key (SN 708) used; as a rule, the depth t2
shall be 20 mm. If, for reasons of design, the dimension t2 is required to be less than 20 mm, it shall not be smaller than t2 min
= 10 mm.
Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9
Page 2
SN 481 : 2005-08
Undercuts and curves on antifriction-bearing seats

(on antifriction bearings as in DIN 5418)
Important: On antifriction bearings combined with Nilos rings type F as in DIN 509 shall be used.
Curves
Fig. 10: Housing
Fig. 11: Shaft Fig. 12: Shaft with undercut – DIN 509, type E
rs = edge clearance on antifriction bearing

ras = groove radius on shaft
rbs = groove radius on housing
Table 3 for anti-friction bearings

Curves of the antifriction bearings (edge clearance) rs min
0,6 1 1,1 1,5 2 2,1 3 4 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15
ras / rbs 0,4 0,8 0,8 1,3 1,8 1,9 2,3 2,5 3,5 4,5 5 7 9 11
Permissible
± 0,2 ± 0,5 ±1
deviation
r 0,6 1,6 2,5 4
t1 + 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
f 2 4 5 7
For the designation and graphical representation of an undercut according to DIN 509 see next page.
Undercuts on shafts with constant nominal size diameters
When shafts have constant nominal dimensions but different tolerance fields, the respective areas shall be separated by an
undercut. This undercut shall be assigned to the smaller tolerance range and shall be included in its length dimension.
Figure 13 Figure 14
Table 4 for constant nominal size diameter

Recommended assignment to diameter nominal size
r3 t2 f5
at increased resistance to
+ 0,1 at usual load
alternating stresses
0,6 0,2 2 > 10 ≤ 18
0,6 0,3 2,5 > 18 ≤ 80
1 0,4 4 > 80
1 0,2 2,5 > 18 ≤ 50
1,6 0,3 4 > 50 ≤ 80
2,5 0,4 5 > 80 ≤ 125
4 0,5 7 > 125
Page 3
SN 481 : 2005-08
Undercuts according to DIN 509.

The dimensions stated in the tables refer to the finished part. The figures show external undercuts on turned parts.
Type E Undercut for further machining Type F Undercut for further machining
of cylindrical surface of end and cylindrical surfaces
z = machining allowance
d1 = workpiece diameter
Figure 15 Figure 16
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 1,2 mm and depth t1 = 0,2 mm:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 1,2 x 0,2
Table 5 Dimensions for undercuts

r t1 f g t2 Recommended assignment to diameter d1 1) for workpieces
+0,1 +0,2 +0,05 at increased resistance to
±0,1 0 0 0 at usual load
alternating stresses
0,4 0,2 2 (1,1) 0,1 > 3 ≤ 18
0,8 0,3 2,5 (2,4) 0,2 > 18 ≤ 80
1,2 0,4 4 (3,4) 0,3 > 80
1,2 0,2 2,5 (2) 0,1 > 18 ≤ 50
1,6 0,3 4 (3,1) 0,2 > 50 ≤ 80
2,5 0,4 5 (4,8) > 80 ≤ 125
0,3
4 0,5 7 (6,4) > 125 ≤ 250
6 0,6 12 (9,5) 0,4 > 250 ≤ 360
10 0,7 15 (13,5) 0,4 > 360 ≤ 560
16 0,8 25 (20) 0,4 > 560 ≤ 710
20 0,9 30 (24,2) 0,4 > 710 ≤ 1000
25 1,0 35 (30,3) 0,5 > 1000
Values shown in shaded boxes are SMS Demag specific
Surface quality as in SN 200, Part 5, Table 15; other surface qualities shall be expressly stated in the designation,
for example
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 1,2 mm, depth t1 = 0,2 mm

and surface roughness Ra = 0,8:
Undercut DIN 509 – E 1,2 x 0,2 - Ra 0,8
1)
The assignment to the diameter range does not apply to short projections and thin-walled parts.
For reasons of manufacture it is practical to use several undercuts of the same type and size on a workpiece which has
different diameters.
Page 4
SN 481 : 2005-08
Depression on the counterpart Table 6 Determining of dimension a

a
Undercut
Lower limit
Size
Type
r x t1
E F
0,4 x 0,2 0,4 0
0,8 x 0,3 1,0 0
1,2 x 0,2 2,0 0,5
1,2 x 0,4 1,6 0
1,6 x 0,3 2,6 1,1
Figure 17
2,5 x 0,4 4,0 1,7
4 x 0,5 7,0 4,0
Representation and indications of undercuts in drawings
In drawings undercuts are shown in a simplified way with their respective designations.
Example: undercut of type F Example: undercut of type E

with radius r = 1 mm and a with radius r = 1 mm and a
depth t1 = 0,2 mm depth t1 = 0,2 mm
DIN 509 – F 1 x 0,2

DIN 509 – E 1 x 0,2
Figure 18 Figure 19
August 2005
Permissible bolt loads

for bolts of strength category 8.8 SN 403
Operating loads, pretensioning forces, tightening torques,
pretensioning tools
1)
This guideline is intended to enable fast determination of bolt sizes of strength category 8.8 and of the minimum space
requirement of the pertaining pretensioning tools. The guideline does not apply to bolts with fine threads, necked-down
bolts and T-head bolts as in SN 425. In the hydraulic systems department special computer programs are available for the
calculation of bolts for pipeline flanges.
The permissible axial operating loads FA stated in the table take into account the fatigue strength of a
bolted connection. If these operating loads are exceeded, there is no guarantee against fatigue fracture.
In this case recalculation of the bolted connection according to VDI 2230 is required. A computer
program for this purpose is available in the R & D department.
The operating loads stated in the table refer to purely axial loading and centric load introduction in the case of bolts with metric
ISO threads in a permissible temperature range from -50 °C to +300 °C. The calculation is based on a fatigue loading of 40
N/mm² for bolts < M 20 and of 33 N/mm² for bolts ≥ M 20. The controlled tightening of the bolts using the specified torques
and pretensioning forces is an essential precondition for the durability of the bolted connections. Fine threads have
different permissible tightening torques, operating and pretensioning forces; tools for tightening by stretching, however, are
not available at SMS Demag. To avoid excess interfacial pressure under bolt head and nut and the resulting loss in tension,
washers as in SN 808 shall be used. The strength categories 10.9 and 12.9 should be used only in exceptional cases. Bolted
connections which need controlled pretensioning must be specially marked in the drawing. This marking shall be in the form of
a CAD drawing sticker (F0403).
Permissible axial operating load FA [kN]

Tightening method
Stressed cross-section
Tightening method
Turning Stretching Turning 2) Stretching 3)
Bolt size
Pretensioning force 4)
Pretensioning force 5)
Tightening torque
Units available at
Units available at
MA (µ = 0,125)
(slightly oiled)
SMS Demag
SMS Demag
d1 P As Grip ratio Ik / d for up to 3 joints
[mm] [mm] 2 2 3 4 6 >6 2 3 4 6 >6 Fv [kN] [Nm] Fv [kN]

M 6 1 20,1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 7 7 - -
M 8 1,25 36,6 7 7 7 7 7 - - - - - 13 18 - -
M 10 1,5 58 11 11 11 11 11 - - - - - 20 35 - -
M 12 1,75 84,3 16 17 17 16 16 - - - - - 29 61 - -
M 16 2 157 27 32 33 32 32 - - - - - 55 149 - -
M 20 2,5 245 36 42 49 51 50 - - - - - 86 290 - -
M 24 3 353 52 61 71 73 72 52 61 71 90 99 124 500 158
M 30 3,5 561 85 100 115 118 116 85 100 115 146 157 199 1004 251
M 36 4 817 124 146 168 173 170 124 146 168 214 230 291 1749 366
M 42 4,5 1121 175 206 237 239 235 175 206 237 300 315 401 2806 502
M 48 5 1473 231 273 314 315 310 231 273 314 398 415 529 4236 660
M 56 5,5 2030 299 354 408 440 432 299 354 408 519 576 732 6791 909
M 64 6 2676 384 454 583 586 574 384 454 523 667 762 969 10147 1199
M 72 x 6 3463 486 575 663 768 752 486 575 663 846 991 1265 14689 1551
M 80 x 6 4344 600 708 817 972 952 599 708 817 1045 1247 1597 20368 - 1946
M 90 x 6 5590 782 924 1065 1260 1233 782 924 1065 1359 1605 2069 29492 - 2504
M100 x 6 7000 983 1161 1334 1586 1553 983 1161 1339 1708 2011 2605 41122 - 3136
M110 x 6 8560 1153 1363 1573 1957 1915 1153 1363 1573 2013 2469 3198 54799 - 3835
M125 x 6 11800 1410 1666 1926 2477 2534 1409 1666 1926 2477 3079 4205 80284 - 5018
M140 x 6 14200 1749 2067 2390 3078 3233 1749 2067 2391 3079 3832 5352 113326 - 6362
M160 x 6 18700 2346 2773 3205 4122 4268 2346 2773 3205 4122 5184 7073 171027 - 8378
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on pages 2 to 7

Page 2
SN 403 : 2005-08
Minimum depths of engagement

Strength categories
8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9
Thread fineness d/p <9 ≥9 <9 ≥9 <9
Hard Al alloy AlCuMg1 1,1 x d 1,4 x d -

Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250
1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Spheroidal graphite cast iron EN-GJS-400
Steel S235 1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Steel S355, C35+N 0,9 x d 1,0 x d 1,2 x d
Steel, quenched and tempered, Rm > 800 N/mm2 0,8 x d 0,9 x d 1,0 x d
In the normal case the necessary pretensioning of the bolted connection is performed with the tools for pretensioning by
turning or stretching available in the SMS Demag workshop. In some cases these tools cannot be used due to lack of space.
In these cases it is necessary to indicate the tightening angle with pretensioning torque (MV = 0,1 MA) in addition to the
necessary pretensioning forces. These tightening angles cannot be represented in the form of a table. The tightening angles
for bolts are calculated with the following equation:
Meaning of the variables:

 
P = pitch of the bolt thread  
FV = pretensioning force in kN (see table)  
 
E = modulus of elasticity (210 kN/mm²) ϑ = 360 • F V • lk • 1  1 + 1

Asch = cross-section of shaft body = core section Ad3 P E A 
 sch π  2  
 lK  
lK = length of grip   d w +  − dh 
2
 
4  a 
dw = outside diameter of head or nut contact face    
a = 10 for plates having a radial expansion of DA ≥ 3 dW (VDI 2230)
DA = outside diameter of a clamped sleeve (VDI 2230)
dh = hole diameter of secured components = inside diameter of replacement cylinder (VDI 2230)
Note: Further information on the pretensioning tools can be obtained from the Workshop Assembly Dept.
1)
When other bolt materials are used, the pretensioning forces, oil pressures and tightening torques are converted with the
following factors:
For bolt material 5.6 = 0,47; 10.9 = 1,41; 12.9 = 1,69; A2-70 = 0,71; A2-80 = 0,94.
These factors cannot be used for converting the permissible axial operating loads. Recalculation according to VDI 2230
is required.
2)
Tightening of the bolt is accompanied by torsional and frictional moments and by friction losses occurring in addition to the
axial tensile forces as a result of the thread pitch and the lubrication and surface conditions. The stated pretensioning
forces and tightening torques take these factors into account for a 70 % use of the yield point of bolt material 8.8. The
effective pretensioning force after settling is between 50 % and 60 % of the yield point force.
3)
The stated pretensioning forces take into account a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8 during tensioning.
The removal of the hydraulic pressure reduces, after manual retightening of the nut, the pretensioning force applied down
to appr. 60 % of the yield point force due to settling taking place in the turns of the thread and on the contact surface of the
nut.
Tightening factor α A 1,4
4)
Tightening factor α A 1,2

5)
6)
Size of the required end face as mounting face of the pretensioning tool
Page 3
SN 403 : 2005-08
Tools available at SMS Demag for controlled pretensioning of bolts
Tightening by turning Opening of impact socket wrench

Tightening
(without gear) Bolt size for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
torque 1)
Nut bolt
Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm (µ = 0,125)
e a e a
M 6 7 10 5
M 8 18 13 6
1/2" (12) 1/2" (12)
input e M 10 35 17 8
M 12 61 19 10
M 16 149 24 14
3/4" (19) 3/4" (19)
M 20 290 30 17
Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Bolt size
h1 x
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
d1 d2 d3 socket l1 v socket
output a bolt bolt
washer SN 808 M 6 15 20 63 92 9 72 104
M 8 18 26 65 93 11,5 77 108
25
M 10 24 33 66 94 13,5 80 112
M 12 26 36 67 95 16 83 117
M 16 35 43 125 153 21 146 170
35
M 20 43 56 133 153 30 163 175
Tightening by turning Tightening Opening of impact socket wrench

(with gear) Bolt torque 1)
size Nm for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
Gear unit
(µ = 0,125) Nut bolt
Input Output Input Output Input Output
d1 Output
e a e a e a
M 24 500 36 36 19
3/4" 1" 1"
M 30 1004 (19) (25) (25) 46 36 22
M 36 1749 55 36 27
input e M 36 1749 55 36 27
M 42 2806 3/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 65 50 32
M 48 4236 (19) (38) (38) 75 60 36
M 56 6791 85 60 41
M 48 4236 75 50 36
M 56 6791 3/4" 85 50 41
gear unit Profile toothing
M 64 10147 (19) 95 - -
output a
M 72x6 14689 105 - -
Bolt h1 h2 x
size
Hex. Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex. Hex.
sock. sock. sock.
d1 d2 d3 d4 bolt bolt h3 l1 l2 v l3 l4 bolt
M 24 57 62 310 360 200 250 30 340 390
M 30 70 78 80 325 375 215 265 66 45 60 45 130 37 362 412
output a
M 36 88 90 340 390 230 280 44 404 454
M 36 88 90 350 400 275 325 44 394 444
M 42 100 107 405 455 285 335 51 456 506
174 105 90 90 70 200
M 48 113 125 425 475 305 355 58 483 533
M 56 136 140 450 500 320 370 67 517 567
washer SN 808
M 48 120 125 450 500 365 415 58 508 558
M 56 132 140 460 510 375 425 67 527 577
200 146 105 140 90 335
M 64 145 156 468 - 385 - 74 542 -
M 72x6 158 177 475 - 395 - 82 557 -

Page 4
SN 403 : 2005-08
Tightening by turning Max. torque

(sockets with hydraulic cylinder and Tightening Opening of impact Width across flats of
Bolt size for
torque 1) socket wrench insert socket
ratchet) insert socket
Nm Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm
(µ = 0,125) e a e a
M 30 1004 46 22
M 36 1749 1 1/2" 55 27
50 5000
M 42 2806 (38) 65 32
M 48 4236 75 36
input e Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
Bolt size h1 min.*) x
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
sock. sock.
d1 d2 d3 A B C E F G bolt l1 l2 v bolt
M 30 70 78 180 40 37 220 170
130
M 36 82 90 190 50 44 240 180
192 88 41 32 45 120 120
M 42 100 107 192 136 60 51 250 190
output a M 48 110 125 202 134 65 58 265 200
washer SN 808
*) space requirement with handle: plus 80 mm.
Tool weights:
Type LT 50 MS = 14 kg
pertaining hydraulic unit = 50 kg
Tightening by turning Tightening Max. torque

Opening of ring Width across flats of
(wrench with hydraulic cylinder) Bolt size torque 1) for
spanner insert socket
insert socket
Nm Input e / Input Output
d1 Nm
(µ = 0,125) Output a e a
M 24 500 36 19 1450
M 30 1004 46 36 22 2200
M 36 1749 55 27 3500
M 42 2806 65 32 6800
M 48 4236 75 50 36 8950
M 56 6791 85 41 8950
washer M 64 10147 95 - - -
SN 808 M 42 2806 65 32 6800
M 48 4236 75 50 36 9700
M 56 6791 85 41 14300
M 64 10147 95
M 72 14689 105 - - 25000
with reaction arm applied
M 80 20368 115
Bolt size h1 X
Hex. Hex.
Hex. sock. Hex. sock.
d1 d2 d3 bolt h2 l1 l2 l3 V bolt
M 24 63 62 25 75 33 30 55 105
M 30 75 78 25 75 40 37 62 112
M 36 87 90 30 80 48 44 74 124
M 42 99 107 40 90 320 55 222 430 51 91 141
M 48 112 125 65 58 103 153
45 95
M 56 124 140 70 67 112 162
M 64 138 156 50 - 80 74 124 -
Tool weights: M 42 109 112 40 90 60 51 100 150
M 48 122 125 65 58 115 165
45 95
type HPR 1000 = 20 kg M 56 134 140 75 67 125 175
365 300 545
type HPR 2500 = 25 kg M 64 147 156 50 100 80 74 135 185
M 72 159 177 55 105 85 80 145 195
pertaining hydraulic unit = 71 kg M 80 172 177 60 - 90 88 160 -

Page 5
SN 403 : 2005-08
Tightening by hydraulic Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Tightening Opening of
turning Bolt
torque 1) impact socket h1 X
size
wrench
Hexagon Hexagon
Nm Output bolt bolt
d1 d3 A B E h2 l1 V
(µ = 0,125) a
M 24 500 36 62 30 83
173 143 38 43,75 53 45
M 30 1004 46 78 37 90
M 24 500 36 62 30 96
M 30 1004 46 78 37 103
230 175 60
M 36 1749 55 90 57,95 66 70 44 110
M 42 2806 65 107 51 117
M 48 4236 75 125 228 180 58,5 58 124
M 48 4236 75 125 58 142
M 56 6791 85 140 300 203 75 67,5 84 87 67 151
M 64 10147 95 156 74 158
Tool weights:
type HSX 246 F = 1,45 kg
type HSX 575 W = 3,25 kg
type HSX 12100 F = 4,4 kg
output a washer SN 808
Tightening by turning Bolt size Tightening Width across Max. torque

torque 1) Opening of impact socket wrench flats of insert for
socket insert socket
Nm
d1 Input e Output a Output a Nm
(µ = 0,125)
M 42 2806 65 32 6020
M 48 4236 75 36 9700
M 56 6791 1 1/2“ 85 41 12750
M 64 10147 95 46
15500
M 72x6 14689 105 55

Bolt size h1 min. *) X
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
sock. sock.
d1 d2 d3 A B D E bolt l1 V bolt
M 42 100 107 260 176 55 51 320
260
M 48 112 125 242 175 62 58
340
M 56 126 140 230 191 275 49 237 70 67 280
180
M 64 137 156 263 75 74
370 290
M 72x6 150 177 260 183 82 82
output a washer SN 808 *) space requirement with handle: plus 60 mm.
Tool weight:
Type MSX/T155 TS = 14,1 kg

Page 6
SN 403 : 2005-08
Tightening by stretching
(hydraulic pretensioning tool)
Note:
Given the narrow supporting surfaces of the
hydraulic pretensioning units as from M 80 x 6,
the pretensioning forces may cause tool type
indentations on the component. shown: SKF-
HTS
nut
washer
pay attention to weld seams SN 808
Bolt size Pretensioning force Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Fv
d1 s d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 l2 v +10
0 X
kN
M 24 158 36 45 64 50 300
78 84 250 45
M 30 251 46 55 70 60 310
M 36 366 55 65 97 80 395
102 108 320 55
M 42 502 65 75 93 90 405
M 48 660 75 90 121 100 470
M 56 909 85 100 145 157 370 79 128 120 485
M 64 1199 95 110 133 130 500
M 64 1199 95 110 153 130 630
M 72 x 6 1551 105 120 180 192 500 96 158 150 645
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 165 160 660
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 215 160 870
M 90 x 6 *) 2504 130 160 225 180 890
¨ 280 264 710 145
M100 x 6 *) 3136 145 175 233 200 910
M110 x 6 *) 3835 150 185 238 220 925
M125 x 6 *) 5018 180 220 295 250 970
M140 x 6 *) 6362 200 240 364 356 710 190 305 280 990
M160 x 6 *) 8378 230 270 320 320 1030
*) use only in exceptional cases; ITH units to be used instead.

Tool weights:
type 02.382 = 7 kg
type 02.383 = 15 kg
type 2.83 = 38 kg
type 2.135 = 70 kg
type 2.250 = 270 kg
type 3722 = 480 kg
pertaining hydraulic unit = 71 kg

Page 7
SN 403 : 2005-08
Tightening by stretching Preten-

sioning
Bolt size Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
force
+10
d1 F v [kN] s d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 v 0 X
M 30 251 46 55 107 95 63 200
119 60
M 36 366 55 65 107 105 75 215
M 42 502 65 75 150 125 137 80 90 250
M 48 660 75 90 169 140 145 90 100 270
M 56 909 85 100 190 168 153,5 102 120 300
Tool weights (heads and bridges):

type Flexitallic M30 = 3,46 kg
Pay attention to transition washer SN 808

areas (radii, weld seams etc.)
nut
s
Tightening by stretching Preten-

Bolt size sioning Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
force
d1 F v [kN] s d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 l2 v +10
0 X
M 80x6 1946 115 140 200 160 462
M 90x6 2504 130 160 225 237 302 125 210 180 482
M100x6 3136 145 175 220 200 502
M110x6 3835 155 185 240 220 590
M120x6 4614 170 210 280 292 370 153 255 235 605
M125x6 5018 180 220 260 250 620
M125x6 5018 180 220 300 250 678
M140x6 6362 200 240 358 370 428 195 310 280 708
M160x6 8378 230 270 320 320 748
Tool weights:
nut type ITH M 80 / M 90 / M100 x 6 = 68 kg
s type ITH M110 / M120 / M125 x 6 = 122 kg
type ITH M125 / M140 / M160 x 6 = 224 kg
washer SN 808
pay attention to
transition areas
(radii, weld seams etc.)

August 2005
Design instructions on fasteners
Screws/bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction with countersinks/
counterbores and/or holes; foundation anchoring elements SN 351
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Plug screws Counterbore

similar to
up to G2: DIN 908 SN 870 DIN 3852-2
above G2: SN 595 Type VSTI
For plug screws as in DIN 908, SN 595, SN 870; pipe couplings as in SN 456; venting
valves as in SN 501, and screw joints as in SN 834, SN 839.
b1 = useful
thread length
when pressure ≥ 20 MPa
d2
d1
c i
Thread dia. DIN ISO 228
defined
specifically for
Pertaining sealing rings SMS Demag defined
of type A as in The profile packing is purposes for specifically for
DIN 7603 part of the coupling for DIN 908; SN 456; SN 501 SMS Demag
Material: Cu (Perbunan or Viton) SN 595; SN 870 SN 834; SN 839 purposes
perm.
d1 d2 c i d2 l i a1 a1 max. b1 min. d4 min. d7 dev. t1
G 1/8 14 3 8 14 12 8 5 1 8 19 9,8 13
G 1/4 19 3 12 19 17 12 6 1,5 12 25 13,2 18
+0,2
G 3/8 22 3 12 22 17 12 6 2 12 28 16,7 0 18
G 1/2 26 4 14 27 19 14 7 2,5 14 34 21 22
G 3/4 32 4 16 32 21 16 7 2,5 16 42 26,5 24
G1 39 5 16 40 22,5 16 8 2,5 18 47 33,3 28
G 1 1/4 49 5 16 50 22,5 16 8 2,5 20 58 42 +0,3 30
G 1 1/2 55 5 16 55 22,5 16 8 2,5 22 65 47,9 0 32
G2 68 5 20 72 34,3 24 12 3 24 76 59,7 34
G 2 1/2 84 8 26 - - - 12 - 30 85 - - 40
G3 100 8 26 - - - 17 - 30 102 - - 40
T-head bolt T-slot
Metric ISO thread
DIN 186 DIN 649
for T-head bolts as in DIN 186
Minor dia. of bolt thread
Thread dia. DIN 13
Core section
(max. dim.)
Lead
perm. hmin.
d1 P mm² k n m a b dev. EN-GJL GS; St c r
M 6 1 4,77 17,9 4,5 6 16 7 19 -1 15 15 8 0,6
M 8 1,25 6,47 32,8 5,5 8 18 10 22 -1 17 17 9 0,6
M 10 1,5 8,16 52,3 7 10 21 12 26 -2 25 21 11 0,6
M 12 1,75 9,85 76,2 8 12 26 14,5 31 -2 31 25 12 0,6
M 16 2 13,55 144,1 10,5 16 30 18,5 36 -2 38 30 15 0,6
M 20 2,5 16,93 225,2 13 20 36 24 44 -3 44 34 17 0,6
M 24 3 20,32 324,3 15 24 43 28 52 -3 51 39 19 0,6
M 30 3,5 25,71 519 19 30 54 35 65 -4 63 48 24 1
M 36 4 31,09 759,3 23 36 66 42 80 -4 75 57 28 1,6
M 42 4,5 36,48 1045 26 42 80 48 95 -5 89 67 32 1,6
M 48 5 41,87 1377 30 48 88 56 105 -5 102 76 36 1,6
Page 2
SN 351 : 2005-08
Metric ISO thread Hexagon head bolts Hexagon fit bolts Studs
DIN EN ISO 4014 DIN 609 DIN 939

DIN EN ISO 4017 SN 550 SN 343
for struct. steel engineering

for mechanical engineering
DIN EN 20273 medium
DIN EN 20273 coarse

DIN EN ISO
4032
(Max. dim.)
DIN 13-28
DIN 336
DIN 13
Minor dia. of bolt thread
DIN EN ISO
Dia. of core hole bit:
4032
DIN EN ISO
Through-hole
4032
Core section
Thread dia.
Lead
d1 P mm² d3 medium d3 coarse k vmin. a b t ds k6 d4 k vmin. a b t vmin.
M 4 0,7 3,3 3,14 7,8 4,5 4,8 2,8 4,5 5 7 11 - - - - 5 7 11 4,5

M 5 0,8 4,2 4,02 12,7 5,5 5,8 3,5 6,5 6,5 9 14 - - - - 6,5 9 14 6,5
M 6 1 5 4,77 17,9 6,6 7 4 7 7,5 10 16 - - - - 7,5 10 16 7
M 8 1,25 6,8 6,47 32,8 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9,5
M 10 1,5 8,5 8,16 52,3 11 12 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11 13 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11,5
M 12 1,75 10,2 9,85 76,3 13,5 14,5 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 13 15 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 14,5
M 16 2 14 13,55 144,1 17,5 18,5 10 19 20 24 34 17 19 10 19 20 24 34 19
M 20 2,5 17,5 16,93 225,2 22 24 12,5 23 25 29 41 21 23 12,5 23 25 29 41 23
M 24 3 21 20,32 324,3 26 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 25 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 27,5
M 30 3,5 26,5 25,71 519 33 35 18,7 32,5 38 42 58 32 34 19 32,5 38 42 58 32,5
M 36 4 32 31,09 759,3 39 42 22,5 39 45 49 66 38 40 22 39 45 49 66 39
M 42 4,5 37,5 36,48 1045 45 48 26 43 52 56 75 44 46 26 43 52 56 75 43
M 48 5 43 41,87 1377 52 56 30 48 60 65 86 50 54 30 48 60 65 86 48
M 56 5,5 50,5 49,25 1905 62 66 35 56 70 75 100 58 63 35 56 70 75 100 56
M 64 6 58 56,64 2520 70 74 40 63 80 86 110 65 70 40 63 80 86 110 63
M 72 x 6 6 66 64,64 3287 78 82 45 70 90 95 119 75 80 45 70 90 95 119 70
M 80 x 6 6 74 72,64 4144 86 91 50 76 100 106 130 82 87 50 76 100 106 130 76
M 90 x 6 6 84 82,64 5364 96 101 57 84 112 118 142 - - - - 112 118 142 84
M100 x 6 6 94 92,64 6740 107 112 63 92 125 132 156 - - - - 125 132 156 92
M110 x 6 6 104 102,64 8273 117 122 69 100 137 143 167 - - - - 137 143 167 100
M125 x 6 6 119 117,64 10869 132 137 79 112 156 162 186 - - - - 156 162 186 112
M140 x 6 6 134 132,64 13818 147 155 88 124 175 182 206 - - - - 175 182 206 124
M160 x 6 6 154 152,64 18299 168 175 100 140 200 206 230 - - - - 200 206 230 140
According to DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017 and DIN EN ISO 4032 hexagon bolts and nuts are standardised only up to
size M 64. For bigger thread diameters the invalid standards DIN 931 and DIN 934 shall be used.
Page 3
SN 351 : 20 05-08
Width across flats Hexagon nut Hexagon nut, Castle nut Eye bolt
prevailing torque
type DIN 580
for bolts and nuts DIN 935
as in:
Split pin
DIN 609, DIN 561, DIN EN ISO 4032 DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO 1234
DIN 935, 7042
DIN EN ISO 4014,
(DIN 931),
DIN 13
DIN EN ISO 4017,
DIN EN ISO 4032,
(DIN 934)
Thread dia.
DIN 580 – M 20 – C15E
Eye nut see DIN 582
Split pin
emin. s mmax. vmin. hmax. vmin. mmax. vmin. nmin. d2 d3 d4 h l b 4) t 4) d1
Øxl
7,66 7 3,2 8 - - 5 6,5 1,2 1 x 10 - - - - - - - M 4
8,79 8 4,7 11 5,1 7,5 6 8 1,4 1 x 12 - - - - - - - M 5
11,05 10 5,2 13 6 9 7,5 10 2 1,8 x 14 - - - - - - - M 6
DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017, DIN EN ISO 4032
14,38 13 6,8 16 8 12 9,5 12 2,5 2,3 x 16 20 36 20 36 13 16 24 M 8

17,77 16 8,4 20 10 15 12 15 2,8 2,3 x 20 25 45 25 45 17 20 29 M 10
20,03 18 10,8 25 12 17 15 19 3,5 2,9 x 22 30 54 30 53 20,5 24 34 M 12
DIN EN ISO 4032
26,75 24 14,8 34 16,4 22 19 23 4,5 3,7 x 28 35 63 35 62 27 33 44 M 16

33,53 30 18 41 20,3 28 22 27 4,5 3,7 x 36 40 72 40 71 30 36 49 M 20
39,98 36 21,5 49 23,9 33 27 33 5,5 4,6 x 40 50 90 50 90 36 43 58 M 24
50,85 46 25,6 58 30 41 33 40 7 5,9 x 50 65 108 60 109 45 53 70 M 30
60,79 55 31 70 36 48 38 46 7 5,9 x 63 75 126 70 128 54 57 76 M 36
71,3 65 34 77 - - 46 55 9 7,5 x 71 85 144 80 147 63 66 87 M 42
82,6 75 38 86 - - 50 60 9 7,5 x 80 100 166 90 168 68 71 94 M 48
93,56 85 45 101 - - 57 68 9 7,5 x 100 110 184 100 187 78 87 113 M 56
104,86 95 51 114 - - 66 78 11 9,5 x 100 120 206 110 208 90 100 128 M 64
116,16 105 58 128 - - 73 85 11 9,5 x 112 150 260 140 260 100 112 140 M 72 x 6
127,46 115 64 140 - - 79 91 11 9,5 x 140 170 296 160 298 112 134 162 M 80 x 6
144,08 130 72 156 - - 92 104 14 12,4 x 140 - - - - - 160 190 M 90 x 6
DIN 931, DIN 934
161,02 145 80 172 - - 100 112 14 12,4 x 160 190 330 180 330 130 160 190 M100 x 6
DIN 934
172,32 155 88 188 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M110 x 6

200,57 180 100 212 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M125 x 6
220,8 200 112 236 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M140 x 6
254,7 230 128 268 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M160 x 6
1)
The necessary washers, spring washers and locking washers shall be included in the grip length.
2)
Length of thread engagement at 1,25 d1.
3)
Bolt length (minimum length) = grip length + projection length. This minimum length shall be rounded off to the next
bigger bolt length stated in the relevant standards.
4)
defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes
Page 4
SN 351 : 2005-08
Socket head bolts Counterbores for socket Counterbores for

head bolts hexagon bolts
DIN 974-1 DIN 974-2
DIN EN ISO 4762 DIN 7984 DIN EN ISO 1207

Through hole per DIN EN 20 273 medium
for socket wrench and box wrench

DIN EN ISO 4762, DIN 912
DIN 13
Width across flats

DIN EN ISO 1207
DIN EN ISO 4017

without washer
without washer
without washer
without washer
Thread dia.
DIN 7984
above M 64: DIN 912
(all sizes with fine threads
as in DN 912)
d1 d3 dk lg max. k dk t k dk amax. k d2 H13 t t t d2 H13 s t

M 4 4,5 7 2,1 4 7 3,4 2,8 7 1,4 2,6 8 4,6 3,4 3,2 - - -
M 5 5,5 8,5 2,4 5 8,5 4,2 3,5 8,5 1,6 3,3 10 5,7 4,2 4 - - -
M 6 6,6 10 3 6 10 4,8 4 10 2 3,9 11 6,8 4,8 4,7 - - -
M 8 9 13 3,75 8 13 6 5 13 2,5 5 15 9 6 6 - - -
M 10 11 16 4,5 10 16 7,5 6 16 3 6 18 11 7,5 7 33 16 10
M 12 13,5 18 5,25 12 18 8,5 7 - - - 20 13 8,5 8 36 18 11
DIN EN ISO 4762
M 16 17,5 24 6 16 24 11,5 9 - - - 26 17,5 11,5 10,5 43 24 13,5

M 20 22 30 7,5 20 30 13,5 11 - - - 33 21,5 13,5 12,5 56 30 16
M 24 26 36 9 24 36 15,5 13 - - - 40 25,5 15,5 14,5 62 36 19,5
M 30 33 45 10,5 30 - 19,5 - - - - 50 32 19,5 - 78 46 23
M 36 39 54 12 36 - 23,5 - - - - 58 38 23,5 - 90 55 27
M 42 45 63 13,5 42 - - - - - - 69 44 - - 107 65 30,5
M 48 52 72 15 48 - - - - - - 78 50 - - 125 75 34,5
M 56 62 84 16,5 56 - - - - - - 93 58 - - - - -
M 64 70 96 18 64 - - - - - - 107 66 - - - - -
M 72 x 6 78 108 18 72 - - - - - - 118 74 - - - -
DIN 912
M 80 x 6 86 120 18 80 - - - - - - 132 82 - - - -
M 90 x 6 96 135 18 90 - - - - - - 145 92 - - - -
M100 x 6 107 150 18 100 - - - - - - 160 102 - - - -
M110 x 6 117 - - - - - - - - - short designation
M125 x 6 132 - - - - - - - - -
M140 x 6 147 - - - - - - - - -
M160 x 6 168 - - - - - - - - -
Page 5
SN 351 : 2005-08
Counterbores Counterbores Counterbores Countersunk head screw Countersink
for for for DIN EN ISO 10642 DIN 74

hexagon bolts, socket wrenches, eye bolt
screws and nuts box wrenches DIN 580 for countersunk
and head screw
DIN 974-2 striking-face box and eye nut DIN EN ISO 10642
spanners DIN 582
Type F
and washers
DIN EN ISO 7089,
DIN EN ISO 7090,
SN 808
faced
for wear plates
Thread dia. DIN 13

α = 90° +2°
α = 90° ±1°
d2 H13 d2 d5 dk min. kmax. d2 H13 smin. d1

10 18 - 7,53 2,48 9,18 7 M 4
11 18 - 9,43 3,1 11,47 8 M 5
13 20 - 11,34 3,72 13,71 9 M 6
18 26 24 15,24 4,96 18,25 11 M 8
22 33 30 19,22 6,2 22,73 13 M 10
26 36 36 23,12 7,44 27,21 15 M 12
33 43 40 29,01 8,8 33,99 19 M 16
40 56 46 36,05 10,16 40,71 24 M 20
48 62 57 - - - - M 24
61 78 71 - - - - M 30
71 90 82 - - - - M 36
82 107 92 - - - - M 42
98 125 112 - - - - M 48
112 140 118 - - - - M 56
125 156 132 - - - - M 64
132 177 162 - - - - M 72 x 6
150 177 180 - - - - M 80 x 6
170 208 - - - - - M 90 x 6
190 236 200 - - - - M100 x 6
200 264 - - - - - M110 x 6
240 380 - - - - - M125 x 6
260 380 - - - - - M140 x 6
290 380 - - - - - M160 x 6

Foundation
Dimensions in mm
Graphical symbol Through-hole Masonry bolt T-head bolt Projection

for bolt 1) DIN 529 SN 425
DIN 24536
grout and
grout shuttering
Masonry bolt sleeve seal
Graphical symbol for bolt: examples for M30
anchor plate
T-head bolt
Adhesive bolt
shank type A
Note: Note:
Threaded bolt Always combined with
Observe SN 559 and other standards.
anchor plate or double
anchor plate.
Weight Weight v + 10 2)
T-head in kg in kg 0
For thread
Bolt
size
per 10 mm of
per 10 mm of
for 1000 mm
for 500 mm
length
length
length
length
∅
+2 +2
d1 e1 0 e2 0 d3 t1 t2 oe w SN 808 SN 220
M 10 - - 12 200 100 45 0,34 0,006 - - - 25 -

M 12 - - 16 250 100 55 0,5 0,009 - - - 30 -
M 16 - - 20 320 100 70 0,92 0,016 - - - 35 -
M 20 - - 25 400 100 85 1,49 0,025 - - - 40 -
M 24 27 54 28 500 100 100 2,22 0,036 500 3,66 0,036 50 60
M 30 34 68 35 600 100 120 3,63 0,055 600 5,77 0,055 60 75
M 36 40 82 40 700 100 140 5,51 0,08 700 8,36 0,08 80 90
M 42 47 94 48 800 100 160 7,83 0,109 800 11,48 0,109 90 105
M 48 53 102 54 1000 100 180 10,65 0,142 1000 15,09 0,142 100 120
M 56 62 116 62 1100 100 210 15,27 0,193 1100 20,71 0,193 120 135
M 64 70 128 70 1300 100 250 21,09 0,253 1300 27,31 0,253 130 155
M 72x6 78 142 80 1400 100 290 27,81 0,32 1400 34,87 0,32 150 170
M 80x6 87 154 90 - - - - - 1600 43,36 0,395 160 190
M 90x6 97 170 100 - - - - - 1800 55,33 0,499 180 220
M100x6 107 185 110 - - - - - 2000 69,07 0,617 200 240
M110x6 118 205 120 - - - - - 2200 84,52 0,746 220 265
M125x6 133 230 135 - - - - - 2500 111,2 0,963 250 305
M140x6 148 255 150 - - - - - 2800 141,2 1,208 280 340
M160x6 168 290 170 - - - - - 3200 189,1 1,578 320 395
The graphical symbols shall always be drawn with axes of coordinates (see Figs. 1 and 2). Dimensioning of the axes of
In the case of graphical symbols for T-head bolts with double anchor plates the clearance of the T-head bolts (k) is stated
1) The graphical symbols for bolts are standardised in DIN 24536 up to size M100 x 6. For M110 x 6 and above the symbols
have been defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes.
2)
v-dimensions are based on washer thicknesses as in SN 220 or SN 808 + 1 x nut height as in ISO 4032/DIN 934 + 1 x d1
for the application of hydraulic pretensioning units as in SN 403.
August 2005
anchoring elements SN 372
Dimensions in mm
Rectangular washer Washer Nut up to Anchor plate Shuttering sleeve Graphical symbol
M64: for bolt 1)
SN 220 SN 808 DIN EN ISO SN 227-1 DIN EN 10220
4032 DIN 24536
above M 64: [double anchor plate

DIN 934 SN 227-2] Masonry bolt

T-head bolt
Adhesive bolt
Threaded bolt
Graphical symbol with
T-head bolt,
e.g. for M30:
Single:
Double:
For thread size
di also
as for washer SN
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
SN 808 220
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/m
a b s di da s m b1 a t1 da di s d1
- - - - 10,5 20 2,5 0,005 8,4 0,012 - - - - - - - - M 10
- - - - 13 24 3 0,008 10,8 0,017 - - - - - - - - M 12
- - - - 17 30 4 0,015 14,8 0,033 - - - - - - - - M 16
- - - - 21 35 4,5 0,026 18 0,064 - - - - - - - - M 20
50 80 10 0,28 25 45 5 0,04 21,5 0,11 180 20 75 7,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 24
60 90 15 0,55 31 55 6 0,08 25,6 0,223 210 25 90 11,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 30
70 100 20 0,94 37 65 7 0,129 31 0,393 240 30 110 17 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 36
80 115 25 1,49 43 75 8 0,209 34 0,652 270 30 120 22 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 42
90 130 30 2,28 50 90 10 0,368 38 0,977 300 35 140 30 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 48
100 145 30 2,83 58 100 11 0,52 45 1,42 330 35 150 36 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 56
110 160 35 3,93 66 110 11 0,601 51 1,98 370 40 175 50 193,7 187,9 2,9 13,6 M 64
120 180 35 4,79 74 120 12 0,751 58 2,67 410 40 190 62,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 72x6
130 200 40 6,52 82 140 14 1,111 64 3,44 450 40 205 74,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 80x6
145 220 50 9,9 93 160 16 1,672 72 4,93 500 50 235 108,5 244,5 238,1 3,2 19 M 90x6
160 240 50 11,8 104 175 16 1,954 80 6,82 550 50 255 129 273 266,6 3,2 21,3 M100x6
180 260 60 17,3 114 185 16 2,094 88 8,2 600 60 285 182 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M110x6
205 290 70 25,5 129 220 22 4,308 100 13 660 60 315 220 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M125x6
230 320 80 36,1 144 240 22 4,995 112 17,5 750 80 355 366 355,6 349,2 3,2 27,8 M140x6
260 350 100 54,9 164 270 22 6,24 128 26,5 850 80 365 466 406,4 399,2 3,6 35,8 M160x6
coordinates determines the positions of the stone bolts or T-head bolts with anchor plates.
as specified in SN 227-2 (see figures 1 and 2). The graphical symbols themselves need not be drawn to scale.
• Adhesive bolts see SN 705
• Stud anchor see SN 854
• Threaded bolts see SN 172
• Shuttering sleeve seal for T-head bolts, threaded bolts and rectangular shuttering
sleeves see SN 207-1 to 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Page 3
SN 372 : 2005-08
Graphical symbol Shuttering sleeve seals Shuttering sleeve seal Seals for rectangular
for bolt 1) for T-head bolts for threaded bolt shuttering sleeves
DIN 24536 SN 207-1 SN 207-2 SN 207-3

H
hu
T-head bolt
H (uncompressed)
H (uncompressed)
Ba
Bi
hu
hu
Ød Li
Threaded bolt La
ØD ØD
H
H H (uncom-
For thread (uncompressed) (uncompessed) pressed)
size for grout height for grout height Nom. for grout
dimension height
Nominal Nominal
d1 dia. dia.
hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈
d ØD 50 mm 80 mm d ØD 50 mm 80 mm Li x Bi La x Ba 80 mm
M 10 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 12 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 16 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 20 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 24 60 160 30 130 - - -
M 30 60 160 30 130 - - -
M 36 80 180 60 160 - - -
M 42 80 180 60 160 - - -
M 48 110 210 60 160 - - -
M 56 110 210 80 180 - - -
M 64 130 230 80 180 - - -
M 72x6 160 260 100 150 80 180 100 150 - - -
M 80x6 160 260 80 180 200 x 100 300 x 200
M 90x6 210 300 110 210 200 x 100 300 x 200
M100x6 230 320 110 210 200 x 100 300 x 200 150
M110x6 260 370 130 230 210 x 130 310 x 230
M125x6 260 370 130 230 210 x 130 310 x 230
M140x6 300 400 160 260 - - -
M160x6 370 460 160 260 - - -
August 2005
Mechanical fasteners
SN 485
Selection
Dimensions in mm
d M 4 M 5 M 6 M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head bolt 1) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 - - - - -
b 2) 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 - -
DIN EN ISO 4014 3) 33 35 37 41 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121 137 153
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm³) in kg per 1000 pieces
25 3,12 4,86
30 3,61 5,64 8,06
35 4,04 6,42 9,13
40 4,53 7,2 10,2 20,3
45 7,98 11,3 22,2 38
For lengths above the stepped line:
50 8,76 12,3 24,2 41,1 58,1
ISO 4017
55 13,4 25,8 43,8 62,6
60 14,4 27,8 46,9 67
65 29,8 50 70,3 131
70 31,8 53,1 74,7 139
80 35,7 59,3 83,6 155 255
90 65,5 92,4 171 279 428
100 71,7 101 186 303 464

110 109 202 327 500 823
120 118 218 351 535 880
130 230 374 560 920
140 246 398 595 975 1470
150 262 422 630 1030 1550
160 278 446 665 1085 1630 2310
180 494 735 1200 1790 2520 3440
Ordering example: 200 544 805 1310 1950 2740 3720
ISO 4014 – M 20 x 80 – 8.8 220 870 1420 2110 2960 4010 5660
240 935 1530 2270 3180 4290 6030
260 1640 2430 3400 4570 6410 8600
Note: 280 1750 2590 3520 4850 6800 9100
For sizes above M 64 please refer to 300 1)
for lengths l ≤ 125 mm 1860 2750 3640 5130 7190 9600
DIN 931-2. 320 2)
for lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm 2910 3860 5410 7580 10100
3)
340 for lengths l > 200 mm 3070 4080 5690 7970 10600
360 3230 4300 5970 8350 11100
d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M 100 x 6 M 110 x 6 M 125 x 6 M 140 x 6 M 160 x 6
Hexagon head bolt 2) 156 172 192 - - - - -
b
3) 169 185 205 225 245 275 305 345
DIN 931-2
da max. 79 87 97 107 117 132 147 167
emin. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,57 220,8 254,7
k 45 50 57 63 69 79 88 100
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200 230
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
200 9,36
220 9,9 12,6
240 10,5 13,3 17,6
260 11,1 14,1 18,5 24,2
280 11,7 14,9 19,5 25,3 31
300 12,4 15,6 20,5 26,5 32,5
320 13 16,4 21,5 27,7 34 45,8
340 13,7 17,2 22,5 28,9 35,4 47,7 61,7
360 14,3 18 23,5 30,1 36,8 49,6 64
380 15 18,8 24,5 31,3 38,2 51,5 66,4 92,1
DIN 931 – M 80 x 6 x 300 – 8.8 400 15,6 19,6 25,5 32,5 39,6 53,5 68,8 95,3
420 20,4 26,5 33,8 41 55,4 71,2 98,4
440 21,2 27,5 35 42,5 57,3 73,6 101,5
Note: 460 22 28,5 36,2 44 59,2 76 104,7
For sizes up to M 64 please refer to 480 29,5 37,4 45,5 61,1 78,4 107,9
DIN EN ISO 4014. 500 30,5 38,6 47 63 80,8 111,1
2) for lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm
3) for lengths l > 200 mm
Page 2
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head screw amax. 2,1 2,4 3 4 4,5 5,3 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
with coarse-pitch thread
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
DIN EN ISO 4017 emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
12 1,8 2,87 4,42
16 2,1 3,37 5,11 11,1
20 2,41 3,87 5,8 12,3 21,2
25 2,8 4,49 6,65 13,9 23,7 34,1
30 3,19 5,11 7,51 15,5 26,2 37,7 76,9
35 3,75 5,73 8,37 17,1 28,7 41,3 83,5
40 3,96 6,35 9,23 18,7 31,2 44,9 90,2 155
45 6,99 10,1 20,3 33,7 48,5 97,1 165
50 7,59 11 21,8 36,2 52 103 176 274
55 11,9 23,4 38,7 55,6 110 186 289
60 12,7 25 41,3 58,2 117 196 304 543
65 26,6 43,8 62,8 123 207 319 566
70 28,2 46,3 66,4 130 217 334 590 910
80 31,4 51,3 73,6 144 238 363 637 990 1460
90 56,3 80,8 157 258 393 685 1060 1550
Ordering example: 100 61,3 88 170 279 423 732 1140 1650 2320
ISO 4017 – M12 x 30 – 8.8
110 95,2 184 300 453 779 1200 1740 2450 3410
120 102 197 320 483 827 1260 1840 2570 3580 4900
Note: 130 210 340 513 874 1330 1930 2690 3750 5120
For lengths below
140 the stepped line 224 361 543 921 1400 2020 2820 3920 5340
Fine-pitch threads only according to
DIN EN ISO 8676. Table values acc. 150 refer to ISO 4014 237 381 572 969 1470 2120 2940 4080 5560
to DIN EN ISO 4017 do not match for 160 1010 1540 2210 3060 4250 5780
fine-pitch threads. (SMS Demag stipulation)
180 1110 1680 2400 3310 4590 6230
200 1210 1810 2590 3560 4920 6670
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Hexagon socket countersunk P 0,7 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5
head screw b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52
dk max. 8,96 11,2 13,44 17,92 22,4 26,88 33,6 40,32
DIN EN ISO 10642 kmax. 2,48 3,1 3,72 4,96 6,2 7,44 8,8 10,16
lg max. *) 4,58 5,5 6,72 8,71 10,7 12,69 14,8 17,66
s 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
a 90° to 92°
8 0,92 1,6 2,35
10 1,07 1,85 2,7 5,47
12 1,23 2,1 3,05 6,1 10,1
16 1,53 2,59 3,76 7,35 12,1
20 1,84 3,09 4,46 8,6 14,1 21,2
25 2,23 3,71 5,34 10,2 16,6 24,8
30 2,9 4,33 6,22 11,7 19,1 28,5 51,8
35 3,4 5,43 7,1 13,3 21,6 32,1 58,4 91,4
The following applies to 40 3,9 6,2 8,83 14,8 24,1 35,7 65,1 102
screws above -- - - : 45 7 9,9 17,3 27,1 39,3 71,7 112
b = l – lg max. 50 7,74 11 19,9 30,1 43 78,4 123
55 12,1 22,3 32,9 48,5 85 133
The following applies to 60 13,2 24,8 35,7 54 91,7 143
screws below -- - - : 65 27,3 38,5 59,5 98,4 153
lg max. = l – b 70 29,8 41,2 62,9 111 164
80 32,3 44 67,4 127 200
90 46,8 71,9 143 226
Ordering example: 100 49,6 76,4 159 253
ISO 10642 – M 12 x 40 – 8.8 *) Lengths shown above the dashed stepped line have threads up to the screw head within a distance of 3P.
This leads to the equation lg max. = kmax. + 3P
Page 3
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

Hexagon fit bolts with long thread 1) 14,5 17,5 20,5 25 28,5 - - - - -
b 2) 16,5 19,5 22,5 27 30,5 36,5 43 49 56 63
DIN 609
3) 21,5 24,5 27,5 32 35,5 41,5 48 54 61 68
ds k6 9 11 13 17 21 25 32 38 44 50
emin. 14,38 17,77 19,85 26,17 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6
k 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 19 22 26 30
smax. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
35 22 35,5 48,6
40 24,5 39,2 53,8 104
45 27 42,9 59 112 195
50 29,5 46,7 64,2 121 203
55 32 49,9 68,7 130 215 310
60 34,5 53,6 73,9 139 229 339
65 37 57,4 79,2 148 242 358 630
70 39,5 61,1 84,4 157 256 378 661 1020
75 42 64,8 89,6 166 269 397 693 1070
80 44,5 68,6 94,8 175 283 416 724 1110 1600
90 76 105 193 310 455 787 1200 1720 2410
100 83,5 115 211 338 493 850 1290 1840 2570
110 126 228 365 532 914 1380 1960 2720
120 136 246 392 570 977 1470 2080 2870
130 264 419 609 1050 1560 2200 3020
140 282 446 647 1110 1650 2320 3180
150 300 474 686 1170 1740 2440 3330
160 1230 1810 2540 3470
DIN 609 – M 12 x 50 – 8.8 170 1) for lengths l ≤ 50 mm 1290 1900 2660 3630
180 2) for lengths 50 mm < l ≤ 150 mm 1350 1990 2780 3780
190 3) for lengths l > 150 mm 1420 2080 2900 3940
200 1480 2170 3020 4090
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Hexagon set screw with small a1 max. 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5
hexagon and full dog point da max. 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63
dp 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18 23 28 32 38 45
DIN 561
emin. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 19,92 26,75 33,53 39,98 51,28 61,31 72,61 83,91
k 5 6 7 9 11 14 17 21 25 30 34 40
smax. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
z2 min. 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 28
12 4,26
16 4,95 8,66
20 5,65 9,94 17
25 6,53 11,4 19,5 34,1
30 7,38 13 22 37,7 62,6
35 14,6 24,4 41,2 69,1
40 16,1 26,9 44,8 75,7 132
45 29,4 48,4 82,3 143 233
50 31,9 52 88,9 154 249
60 59,2 102 176 281 446
70 66,4 115 198 313 493
80 128 220 345 540 876 1320
90 142 242 377 587 944 1410 2040
100 264 409 634 1010 1510 2160 3120
120 473 727 1150 1700 2410 3450
140 821 1280 1890 2660 3780
Material as in DIN EN ISO 898-5 160 914 1420 2080 2910 4110
180 1560 2270 3160 4440
200 1690 2460 3410 4770
DIN 561 - M 16 x 70 - 14H 220 2650 3660 5100
240 2840 3910 5430
260 3030 4160 5760
280 4410 6090
300 4660 6420
Page 4
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon socket head cap screw b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 124 140
(with coarse-pitch thread) da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
dk max. 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 84 96
DIN EN ISO 4762 k max. 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48 56 64
lg max. *) 2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
s 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 17 19 22 27 32 36 41 46
12 1,95 2,95 5,07 10,9
16 2,25 3,45 5,75 12,1 20,9
20 2,65 4,01 6,53 13,4 22,9 32,1
25 3,15 4,78 7,59 15 25,4 35,7 71,3
30 3,65 5,55 8,3 16,9 27,9 39,3 77,8 128
35 4,15 6,32 9,91 18,9 30,4 42,9 84,4 139
40 4,65 7,09 11 20,9 32,9 46,5 91 150 270
45 7,86 12,1 22,9 36,1 50,1 97,6 161 285 500
50 8,63 13,2 24,9 39,3 54,5 106 172 300 527
55 14,3 26,9 42,5 58,9 114 183 316 554 870
60 15,4 28,9 45,7 63,4 122 194 330 581 910 1370
65 31 48,9 67,8 130 205 345 608 950 1420
70 33 52,1 71,3 138 216 363 635 990 1470 2040
The following applies to
80 37 58,5 80,2 154 241 399 690 1070 1580 2180 3340
screws above - - - :
b = l – lg max. 90 64,9 89,1 170 266 435 745 1150 1680 2320 3530 5220
100 71,2 98 186 291 471 800 1230 1790 2460 3720 5470
The following applies to 110 107 202 316 507 855 1310 1890 2600 3920 5730
screws below - - - : 120 116 218 341 543 910 1390 2000 2740 4110 5980
lg max. = l – b 130 234 366 579 965 1470 2100 2880 4300 6230
140 250 391 615 1020 1550 2210 3020 4490 6490
150 266 416 651 1080 1630 2320 3160 4680 6740
Ordering example: 160 282 441 687 1130 1710 2420 3300 4880 6900
ISO 4762 – M 12 x 50 - 8.8
180 491 759 1240 1870 2640 3590 5270 7250
200 541 831 1350 2030 2860 3870 5650 7750
Note: 220 903 1460 2190 3080 4150 6040 8250
240 975 1570 2250 3300 4430 6420 8750
Both in case of hexagon socket head 260 1680 2410 3520 4710 6810 9260
screws with fine-pitch threads and 280 1790 2570 3740 4990 7200 9760
those with coarse-pitch threads over 300 1900 2730 3960 5270 7580 10300
M 64 reference shall be made to *) Lengths shown above the dashed stepped line in bolt type have threads up to the screw head within a
DIN 912. distance of 3P. This leads to the equation lg max. = 3P
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Hexagon socket head cap screw b 2) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54
with low head dk 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4
DIN 7984
k 2,8 3,5 4 5 6 7 9 11 13
lg max. 2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9
s 2,5 3 4 5 7 8 12 14 17
6 0,96
8 1,12 2,26
10 1,28 2,5 3,59
12 1,44 2,74 3,94 8,05
16 1,76 3,22 4,64 9,25 14,4
20 2,15 3,77 5,34 10,5 16,4 24,1
25 2,64 4,54 6,45 12 19 27,7
The following applies to
30 5,31 7,56 14 21,6 31,3 62,1
screws above - - - :
lg max. = 3 P 35 8,67 16 24,7 34,9 68,8
40 9,78 18 27,8 39,3 75,5 130
The following applies to 45 20 30,9 43,7 82,2 140
screws below - - - : 50 22 34 48,1 89,6 150 223
lg max. = l – b 60 26 40,2 56,9 104 172 253
70 46,4 65,8 119 197 288
80 74,7 134 222 324
DIN 7984 – M 12 x 60 - 8.8 2) for lengths l ≤ 125 mm
90 247 359
100 272 395
Page 5
SN 485 : 2005-08
d R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 3/4 R1 R 1 1/4 R 1 1/2

Hexagon socket pipe plug with
conical thread b 8 10 12 18 20
DIN 906
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24
tmin. 4 5 6 11,5
SMS Demag manufacturing instruction:
s When plug screws with tapered threads, e.g. R 1/2, are required to be flush with the surface after insertion in a
d
cylindrical hole, e.g. G 1/2 or Rp 1/2, the first turns of the female thread shall be removed.
d G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2
Counterbore
2 3 4 5 6
t depth
b If possible, this counterbore depth shall be specified in the drawing and taken into account for assembly.
DIN 906 – R 1/2 – St Weight
3,38 7 12,2 19 40,2 57,5 135 214
kg/1000 pcs
Plug screws with d G 1/8 A G 1/4 A G 3/8 A G 1/2 A G 3/4 A G1A G 1 1/4A G 1 1/2A G2A
hexagon sockets,
parallel-thread type
SN 869 b 8 10 12 18 20 22
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24 32
tmin. 4 5 6 11,5 13
Use only for closing holes without pressure.
Weight
SN 869 – G1A – St 3,38 7 12,2 19 40 57,5 135 214 350
kg/1000 pcs
d1 DIN 908 SN 595

Plug screw with collar, Inch sizes G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G1A G1 1/4A G1 1/2A G2A G2 1/2A G3A
hexagon socket and
parallel thread c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 8 8
(metric and inch threads) d2 h14 14 18 22 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
i ±0,2 8 12 12 14 16 16 16 16 20 26 26
up to G 2 A or M64 l ≈ 11 15 15 18 20 21 21 21 25 34 34
DIN 908
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 22 24 32 30 30
above G 2 A tmin. 5 7 7,5 7,5 9 9 10,5 10,5 14 20 20
SN 595 Weight
6,34 14,6 21,4 40,8 73,5 111 187 246 445 1110 1530
kg/1000 pcs
Pertaining sealing rings of type A as in DIN 7603 Material: Cu
Inside dia. 10 14 17 21 27 33 42 48 60 75 90
x x x x x x x x x x x x
outside dia. 13,5 18 21 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
d1 M10x1 M12x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x1,5 M30x1,5 M36x1,5 M42x1,5 M48x1,5 - -
Metric - - - - - M30x2 M36x2 M42x2 M48x2 M56x2 M64x2
c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
d2 h14 14 17 21 25 29 36 42 49 55 64 72
i ±0,2 8 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 16 20 20
l ≈ 11 15 15 18 18 20 21 21 21 25 25
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 19 22 24 32 32
tmin. 5 7 7,5 7,5 7,5 9 10,5 10,5 10,5 14 14
Weight
6,34 11,3 19 37,5 53,5 84 134 187 246 386 530
kg/1000 pcs
DIN 908 – G 1 A – St, Pertaining sealing rings of type A as in DIN 7603 Material: Cu
DIN 908 – M30 x 2 – St Inside dia. 10 12 17 21 25 32 38 44 50 58 65
SN 595 – G 3 A – St x x x x x x x x x x x x
outside dia. 13,5 16 21 26 30 38 44 51 57 66 74
Page 6
SN 485 : 2005-08
PN Weight
Designation d1 d2 i l s
MPa kg/1000 pcs.
VSTI 1/8-ED G 1/8 A 14 8 12 5 8
Plug screw VSTI 1/4-ED G 1/4 A 19 6 20
12 17
SN 870 VSTI 3/8-ED G 3/8 A 22 8 25
40
VSTI 1/2-ED G 1/2 A 27 14 19 10 51
VSTI 3/4-ED G 3/4 A 32 21 12 79
16
VSTI 1 -ED G1 A 40 22,5 17 130
VSTI 1 1/4-ED G 1 1/4 A 50 22 198
31,5 16 22,5
VSTI 1 1/2-ED G 1 1/2 A 55 24 263
25 VSTI 2 -ED G2 A 72 24 34,3 32 300
VSTI 10 x 1 -ED M 10 x 1 14 8 12 5 8
VSTI 12 x 1,5-ED M 12 x 1,5 17 14
6
VSTI 14 x 1,5-ED M 14 x 1,5 19 20
VSTI 16 x 1,5-ED M 16 x 1,5 22 12 17 25
40 VSTI 18 x 1,5-ED M 18 x 1,5 24 8 32
VSTI 22 x 1,5-ED M 22 x 1,5 27 51
VSTI 26 x 1,5-ED M 26 x 1,5 78
32 21 12
VSTI 27 x 2 -ED M 27 x 2 16 79
SN 870 – VSTI 1 – ED – St VSTI 33 x 2 -ED M 33 x 2 40 22,5 17 130
VSTI 42 x 2 -ED M 42 x 2 50 22 198
31,5 16 22,5
VSTI 48 x 2 -ED M 48 x 2 55 24 263
Prevailing-torque type d M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M 30 M36

hexagon nut
DIN EN ISO 7042 emin. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79
hmax. 5,1 6 8 10 12 16,4 20,3 23,9 30 36
smax. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
Weight
Ordering example: 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4 110 223 393
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 7042 – M 30 – 8
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Slotted and castle nuts with
de max. - - - - - 16 22 28 34 42
coarse or fine-pitch thread
emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85
DIN 935-1 m 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15 19 22 27 33
nmin. 1,2 1,4 2 2,5 2,8 3,5 4,5 4,5 5,5 7
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46
wmax. 3,2 4 5 6,5 8 10 13 16 19 24
Weight
1,12 2,3 3,16 7,35 15,8 20 38,9 75,2 131 264
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pertain. split pin
1 x 10 1,2 x 12 1,6 x 14 2 x 16 2,5 x 20 3,2 x 22 4 x 28 4 x 36 5 x 40 6,3 x 50
ISO 1234
d M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72x6 M80x6 M90x6 M100x6
de max. 50 58 65 75 85 95 105 120 130
emin. 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02
m 38 46 50 57 66 73 79 92 100
nmin. 7 9 9 9 11 11 11 14 14
s 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 130 145
wmax. 29 34 38 45 51 58 64 72 80
DIN 935 – M 30 – 8
Weight
447 710 1060 1500 2150 2900 3700 5450 7600
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pertain. split pin
6,3 x 63 8 x 71 8 x 80 8 x 100 10 x 100 10 x 112 10 x 140 13 x 140 13 x 160
ISO 1234
Page 7
SN 485 : 2005-08
ISO 4032 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Hexagon nut with d
ISO 8673 - - - M8 x 1 M10 x 1 M12 x 1,5 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5
coarse-pitch thread
DIN EN ISO 4032 emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95
or m 3,2 4,7 5,2 6,8 8,4 10,8 14,8 18
Hexagon nut
with fine-pitch thread s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30
DIN EN ISO 8673 Weight
0,81 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 4032 24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
d
Use DIN 934 for sizes

ISO 8673 M24 x 2 M30 x 2 M36 x 3 M42 x 3 M48 x 3 M56 x 4 M64 x 4
above M 64
emin. 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
m 21,5 25,6 31 34 38 45 51
Ordering examples: s 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
ISO 4032 – M 30 – 8 or Weight
ISO 8673 – M 30 x 2 – 8 110 223 393 652 977 1420 1980
kg / 1000 pcs.
Hexagon nut d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M100 x 6 M110 x 6 M125 x 6 M140 x 6

DIN 934 (coarse-pitch thread)
Use ISO 4032 for sizes
emin. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,58 220,8

up to M64.
m 58 64 72 80 88 100 112
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200
Weight
2670 3440 4930 6820 8200 13000 17500
DIN 934 – M 90 x 6 – 8 kg / 1000 pcs.
Wing nut with d1 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

rounded wing
DIN 315 d2 max. 8 11 13 16 20 23 29 35 44
mmax. 4,6 6,5 8 10 12 14 17 21 25
emax. 20 26 33 39 51 65 73 90 110
hmax. 10,5 13 17 20 25 33,5 37,5 46,5 56,5
DIN 315 – M 10 – St Weight

2 4 8 17 35 60 90 180 260
kg / 1000 pcs.
d
Hexagon cap nut, M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M 36 M 42 M 48
acc. to series 1
low type, with
coarse-pitch thread (series 1) tmin. 9,21 10,65 13,15 16,65 20,58 23,58 27,58 35,5 41,5 47,5
DIN 917
g2 max. *)
- - 6,4 7,3 9,3 10,7 12,7 14 16 18,5
acc. to series 1
hmax. 12 14 16 20 25 30 34 44 52 58
smax. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
emin. 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 72,02 82,60
Weight
9,5 19,3 25,5 48,1 94,1 165 310 577 958 1410
kg / 1000 pcs.
DIN 917 – M 30 – 8
*) > M10 thread undercut g2 max. (type D, short) as in DIN 76-1
Page 8
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10
Slotted cheese head screw
amax. 1,4 1,6 2 2,5 3
DIN EN ISO 1207 da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2
dk max. 7 8,5 10 13 16
kmax. 2,6 3,3 3,9 5 6
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pcs.
10 1,47 2,55 3,92 7,85
12 1,63 2,8 4,27 8,49 14,6
16 1,95 3,3 4,98 9,77 16,6
20 2,25 3,78 5,69 11 18,6
25 2,64 4,4 6,56 12,6 21,1
30 3,02 5,02 7,45 14,2 23,6
35 3,41 5,62 8,25 15,8 26,1
Ordering example:
ISO 1207 – M10 x 20 – 4.8 40 3,8 6,25 9,2 17,4 28,6
45 6,88 10 18,9 31,1
50 7,5 10,9 20,6 33,6
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12
Slotted set screw
with cone point n 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2
tmin. 1,12 1,28 1,6 2 2,4 2,8
DIN EN 27434
dt max. 0,4 0,5 1,5 2 2,5 3
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pcs.
6 0,36
8 0,51 0,77 1,04
10 0,66 1,02 1,44 2,65
12 0,82 1,27 1,84 3,25 4,6
16 1,12 1,76 2,64 4,45 6,6 9,5
20 1,42 2,25 3,44 5,65 8,6 11,8
25 2,88 4,44 7,15 11,1 14,7
Ordering example:
ISO 7434 – M 10 x 30 – 14H 30 5,44 8,65 13,6 17,6
35 10,2 16,1 20,4
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket set screw
s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
with cone point
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
DIN EN ISO 4027 dt max. - - 1,5 2 2,5 3 4 5 6
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pcs.
12 0,82 1,21 1,74 2,98 4,42
16 1,14 1,69 2,44 4,24 6,43 8,9
20 1,46 2,17 3,14 5,5 8,44 11,7 20,1
25 2,77 4,02 7,08 10,9 15,3 26,6 40,7
30 4,89 8,65 13,5 18,8 33,1 51 68,7
35 10,2 16 22,3 39,6 61,3 83,2
40 11,8 18,5 25,8 46,1 71,6 97,7
45 21 29,3 52,6 81,9 112
50 23,5 32,8 59,1 92,2 127
Ordering example:
ISO 4027 – M 12 x 40 – 45H 55 36,3 65,6 103 141
60 39,8 72,2 113 156
Page 9
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket set screw
with dog point dp max. 2,5 3,5 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18
s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
DIN EN ISO 4028
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
short
1,25 1,5 1,75 2,25 2,75 3,25 4,3 5,3 6,3
dog point
zmax.
long dog
2,25 2,75 3,25 4,3 5,3 6,3 8,36 10,36 12,43
point
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pcs.
12 0,763 1,19 1,63 2,68 4,78 6,06
16 1,08 1,67 2,31 3,94 6,05 8,94 15
20 1,4 2,15 2,99 5,2 8,02 11 20,3 28,3
25 2,75 3,84 6,78 10,5 14,6 25,1 38,6 55,4
30 4,8 8,35 13 18,2 31,7 45,5 69,9
35 5,68 9,93 15,5 21,8 38,3 55,8 78,4
40 11,5 18 25,4 44,9 66,1 92,9
45 20,5 29 51,5 76,4 107
ISO 4028 – M12 x 40 – 45H
50 23 32,6 58,1 86,7 122
55 36,2 64,7 97 136
60 39,8 71,3 107 151
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

Stud d - M8x1 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2 M30x2 M36x3 M42x3 M48x3
- - - M12x1,5 - - - - - - -
DIN 939 b1 4) 7,5 10 12 15 20 25 30 38 45 52 60
1) 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 78 90 102
b2 2) 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108
3) - - 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121
x1 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,3 5 6,3 7,5 9 10 11 12,5
x2 1,25 1,6 1,9 2,2 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,5 5 5,5 6,3
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
50 11,4 21 33,3 49,9 94,9
55 12,5 22,9 36,4 54,3 103
60 13,6 24,9 39,5 58,8 111 180
65 26,9 42,6 63,2 119 192
70 28,9 45,7 67,6 126 205 305
75 30,8 48,8 72,1 134 217 323
80 32,8 51,8 76,5 142 229 341
u (incomplete thread): max. 1,5 P 90 58 85,4 158 254 376 619
100 64,2 94,3 174 279 412 674 1011
110 103 190 303 447 730 1091
120 112 205 328 483 785 1171 1647
130 221 353 518 841 1251 1756 2364
DIN 939 – M12 x 80 – 8.8
(only coarse-pitch thread) 140 237 377 554 896 1331 1865 2506
150 253 402 589 952 1411 1973 2648
or
160 269 427 625 1007 1490 2082 2790
DIN 939 – M12Fo 5) x 80 – 8.8 170 451 660 1062 1570 2191 2932
Fo = male thread without intererence fit
180 1) for lengths l ≤ 125 mm 476 696 1118 1650 2300 3074
or 190 2) for lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm 501 731 1173 1730 2408 3216
DIN 939 – M12 – M12 x 1,25 x 80 – 8.8 200 3) for lengths 200 mm < l 525 767 1229 1810 2517 3358
(coarse and fine-pitch threads) 220 4) for 10.9: b1 = 1,5 x d 1340 1970 2735 3642
240 5) Drawing indication: secure with Loctite 243 as in SN 507 1450 2130 2952 3927
Page 10
SN 485 : 2005-08
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

T-head bolt with square neck
Type B
10 13 16 19 25 31 37 43 55 54 72
lg max
DIN 186
k 4,5 5,5 7 8 10,5 13 15 19 23 26 30
n 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48
m 16 18 21 26 30 36 43 54 66 80 88
l Type A lg max
50 32 28 24
60 42 38 34 30
70 48 44 40 32
80 58 54 50 42 34
90 64 60 52 44
DIN 186 – AM 20 x 100 – 5.6 100 74 70 62 54
Type A with shank 120 90 82 74 66 54
DIN 186 – BM 20 x 100 – 5.6 140 96 88 80 68
Type B with long thread 160 116 108 100 88 76 64
180 128 120 108 96 84
200 148 140 128 116 104 92
d1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Masonry and foundation bolts
P 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5
amax. 25 32 40 55 65 80 100 120 140 160 185
DIN 529, type A
+2 P
b 0 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 105 120 140
cmax. 55 55 70 90 110 130 160 190 230 260 290
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 100 pcs.
160 8 13,8 20,5 39,2
200 9,5 16,3 24,1 45,4 76
250 19,4 28,5 53,5 88 136
320 34,7 64,5 106 160 270
400 77,2 126 189 314 477
500 93 150 225 370 557 798
630 182 270 441 660 939 1277
DIN 529 – AM 20 x 500 – 5.6
800 224 331 536 796 1124 1517 2135
1000 401 648 955 1344 1802 2525
For selection of screw/bolt materials, see SN 359 Chapter 1
Treatments for surface refinement as in DIN EN ISO 4042

A2E zinc coat applied by electroplating (A), layer thickness 5 µm (2), degree of lustre: bright, no colour (E).
tZn zinc coat applied by hot galvanising, layer thickness 40 µm.
Page 11
SN 485 : 2005-08
M 8 1) M10 1) M12 1) M16 1) M20 1) M24 1) M30 1) M36 1) M42 1) M48 1) M56 M64 M72 M80 M100
Eye bolt d1
x6 x6 x6
DIN 580
d2 20 25 30 35 40 50 65 75 85 100 110 120 150 170 190
d3 36 45 54 63 72 90 108 126 144 166 184 206 260 296 330
d4 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 140 160 180
h 36 45 53 62 71 90 109 128 147 168 187 208 260 298 330
l 13 17 20,5 27 30 36 45 54 63 68 78 90 100 112 130
DIN 580 – M 20 – C 15 E Weight

Eye nut see DIN 582 0,06 0,11 0,18 0,28 0,45 0,74 1,66 2,65 4,03 6,38 8,8 12,4 23,3 34,2 49,1
kg / pc.
Load-carrying capacity in kg
one-strand
140 230 340 700 1200 1800 3200 4600 6300 8600 11500 16000 20000 28000 40000
two-strand 100 170 240 500 860 1290 2300 3300 4500 6100 8200 11000 14000 20000 29000
1) carried in stock
d3 b e h k l s Weight
Type d1
Button-head lubricating nipple h12 ± 0,1 min. max. j16 - 0,5 h13 kg / 1000 pcs.
G 1/4 A 16 6,5 19,3 17,6 4,5 5,5 17 18
DIN 3404
A G 1/4 A
22 8,5 25 23,1 5,5 7,5 22 34
G 3/8 A
Minimum space requirement for
DIN 3404 - A G 1/4 A – 22 – St-A3F grease gun connection socket wrench
d1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin with internal thread c1 ≈ 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
unhardened c2 ≈ 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6,3 8
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
DIN EN ISO 8733
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
Cost factor 3,0 3) 80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example: 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
ISO 8733 – 6 x 30 – St 120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
1) other tolerances upon agreement.
3) The cost comparison is based on manufacture of the hole without material cost of the pins.
Page 12
SN 485 : 2005-08
d
Parallel pin m6/h8 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
1)
unhardened
c≈ 0,35 0,4 0,5 0,63 0,8 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6,3 8
DIN EN ISO 2338 l 2)
10
12 Range
14
16
18
20
22
24 of
26
28
30
32
35
40 commercially available
45
Cost factor 3,0 3)
50
55
60
65
70 lengths
Ordering example:
75
ISO 2338 – 30m6x80 – St
80
85
90
95
100
120
140
160
180
200
1) Other tolerances upon agreement.

2) Lengths above 200 mm shall be graded in 20 mm steps.
3) The cost comparison is based on manufacture of the hole without material cost of the pins.
Page 13
SN 485 : 2005-08
d1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin a ≈ 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
with internal thread, hardened
c 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,6 6 6 7 8 10
DIN EN ISO 8735 l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
Cost factor 3,0 3)
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example:
ISO 8735 – 6 x 30 – A – St 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
d h10 1) 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin, unhardened
DIN EN 22339 l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
32 1,06 2,17 3,68 5,58 7,88 13,7 21 29,9
35 1,19 2,42 4,08 6,18 8,7 15 23,1 32,9
40 2,85 4,77 7,19 10,1 17,4 26,7 37,9 66,3
50 6,24 9,33 13 22,3 34 48,2 83,9 130 200
60 11,6 16,1 27,4 41,6 58,7 102 157 242 346 610
Cost factor 3,5 3) 70 19,4 32,7 49,4 69,6 120 185 285 407 715 1109
Ordering example: 80 22,8 38,2 57,5 80,8 139 213 328 468 821 1273
ISO 2339 – A - 6 x 30 – St
90 26,4 44 65,9 92,3 158 242 372 530 928 1438
Note:
100 49,9 74,6 104 178 272 417 592 1036 1604
Type A (ground):
surface roughness Ra = 0,8 µm 120 62,6 92,8 129 219 333 508 720 1256 1939
Type B (turned)
surface roughness Ra = 3,2 µm 140 112 155 261 395 602 851 1479 2280
d1 h10 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin
with internal thread, unhardened l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
DIN EN 28736
40 9,13 15,5 23,2 30,3 51,1 78
45 10,5 17,9 26,8 35,4 59,9 91
55 13,5 22,9 34,2 45,8 77,7 118 165
60 15,1 25,5 38,1 51,1 86,8 132 186 246
80 36,3 54 73,2 124 188 272 368 708

Cost factor 3,5 3)
90 62,4 84,7 143 217 316 430 815
Ordering example:
ISO 8736 – A - 6 x 30 – St 100 71,1 96,4 163 247 361 492 923 1396
Note: 120 121 204 308 452 620 1143 1731

Type A (ground):
140 246 370 546 751 1366 2072
surface roughness Ra = 0,8 µm
Type B (turned) 160 291 435 642 885 1594 2419
surface roughness Ra = 3,2 µm
200 572 843 1163 2062 3126
1)
Other tolerances upon agreement.
3)
The cost comparison is based on manufacture of the hole without material cost of the pins.
Page 14
SN 485 : 2005-08
d1 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 30 40 50
Spring-type straight pin, l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.

slotted, heavy duty 10 0,34 0,597 0,942 1,38 2,24 3,69 5,55 7,8 9,19 15,3
DIN EN ISO 8752 12 0,407 0,716 1,13 1,66 2,66 4,43 6,66 9,35 11 18,4
14 0,475 0,836 1,32 1,94 3,13 5,17 7,78 10,9 12,9 21,4 33,4 48,5
16 0,543 0,955 1,51 2,21 3,58 5,9 8,89 12,5 14,7 24,5 38,2 55,4
20 0,679 1,19 1,88 2,77 4,48 7,38 11,1 15,6 18,4 30,6 47,8 69,2 117 186
22 0,746 1,31 2,07 3,04 4,92 8,12 12,2 17,1 20,2 33,6 52,5 76,2 129 205
24 0,814 1,43 2,26 3,32 5,37 8,86 13,3 18,7 22 36,7 57,3 83,1 141 223
28 0,95 1,67 2,64 3,87 6,26 10,3 15,6 21,8 25,7 42,8 66,8 96,9 164 261
30 1,02 1,79 2,83 4,15 6,71 11,1 16,7 23,4 27,6 45,9 71,6 104 176 279
32 1,09 1,91 3,02 4,43 7,16 11,8 17,8 24,9 29,4 48,9 76,4 111 188 298
35 1,22 2,18 3,39 4,98 8,06 13,3 20 28,1 33,1 55,1 85,9 125 211 326
40 1,36 2,39 3,77 5,54 8,95 14,8 22,2 31,2 36,7 61,2 95,5 138 235 372
45 2,68 4,24 6,23 10,1 16,6 25 35,1 41,3 68,8 107 156 264 419
50 2,98 4,71 6,92 11,2 18,4 27,8 39 45,9 76,5 119 173 293 465
55 5,18 7,61 12,3 20,3 30,5 42,9 50,5 84,1 131 190 323 512
Cost factor 1,0 3) 60 5,65 8,3 13,4 22,1 33,3 46,8 55,1 91,8 143 208 352 558
65 6,12 8,99 14,5 24 36,1 50,1 59,7 99,4 155 225 382 605
70 6,59 9,69 15,7 25,8 38,9 54,6 64,3 107 167 242 411 651
75 7,06 10,4 16,8 27,7 41,7 58,5 68,9 115 179 260 440 698
80 7,54 11,1 18 29,5 44,4 62,4 73,5 122 191 277 470 745
Ordering example: 90 12,5 20,1 33,2 50 70,2 82,7 138 215 312 528 838
ISO 8752 – 6 x 30 – A – FSt 55Si7 100 13,8 22,4 36,9 55,5 77,9 91,9 153 239 346 587 931
120 26,8 44,3 66,6 93,5 110 184 286 415 704 1120
d1 1 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16
Split pin b≈ 3 3,2 4 6,4 8 10 12,6 16 20 26 32

Hole
1,2 1) 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16
DIN EN ISO 1234 dia. H14
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
12 0,06 0,14 0,28
16 0,08 0,18 0,34 0,87
20 0,1 0,22 0,4 1,09 2,16
25 0,27 0,47 1,31 2,52 4
32 0,34 0,56 1,64 3,07 5 8,9
36 0,61 1,8 3,39 5,49 9,76
40 0,66 2 3,71 6 10,6 17,2
45 2,17 4,11 6,61 11,7 18,9 30,5
50 2,43 4,51 7,24 12,8 20,6 33,9
56 2,7 5 8 14 22,6 38
63 3,02 5,55 8,67 15,6 25 41,8
71 6,2 9,86 17,3 27,7 46,2 83,4
80 6,91 11 19,2 30,7 51,2 91,8
90 12,2 21,3 34,1 56,7 101
100 13,5 23,5 37,5 62,2 111
112 26,1 41,5 66 122 188
125 28,9 45,9 75,9 134 206
Ordering example: 140 51 84,2 148 228
ISO 1234 – 5 x 50 – St 160 58,3 96,2 177 256
1) SMS Demag-specific stipulation
3)
The cost comparison is based on manufacture of the hole without material cost of the pins.
Page 15
SN 485 : 2005-08
For
Washer for prestressed high-strength M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90 M100 M110 M125 M140 M160
screws
screw connection
d1 =
21 25 31 37 43 50 58 66 74 82 93 104 114 129 144 164
nom. dim.
SN 808
35 45 55 65 75 90 100 110 120 140 160 175 185 220 240 270
d2
±1 ±2 ±5
d3 23 27 34 40 46 53 64 72 80 88 98 108 118 133 148 168
s 4,5 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 14 16 22
tensile
strength min. 900 N/mm² min. 700 N/mm²
Rm
Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
SN 808 – 21 – St
26 40 80 129 209 368 520 601 751 1111 1670 1950 2090 4300 5000 6240
For
Plain washer, M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
screws
normal series
Nom. dim. 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
DIN EN ISO 7089 d1 4,3 5,3 6,4 8,4 10,5 13 17 21
d2 9 10 12 16 20 24 30 37
s 0,8 1 1,6 1,6 2 2,5 3 3
Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pcs.
0,308 0,443 1,02 1,83 3,57 6,27 11,3 17,2
For
M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 -
screws
Nom. dim. 24 30 36 42 48 56 64 -
d1 25 31 37 45 52 62 70 -
d2 44 56 66 78 92 105 115 -
Ordering example: s 4 4 5 8 8 10 10 -
ISO 7089 – 16 – 200HV Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
32,3 53,6 92,1 209 284 472 547 -
For 32
Washer for clevis pin, 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 30
pin dia. 33
finish coarse
d1 =
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 26 29 31 34
nom. dim.
DIN 1441
d2 16 20 25 28 28 30 32 34 40 42 45 50
s 2 2,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5
Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
2,16 4,3 8,43 10,3 9,16 13,3 14,4 15,5 22,8 28,5 32,8 43,5
For 35
40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 100
pin dia. 36
d1 =
37 41 46 51 56 62 68 72 78 82 92 102
nom. dim.
d2 52 58 62 68 75 80 90 95 100 110 115 125
s 6 6 7 8 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 14
DIN 1441 – 19 St Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
49,4 59,2 70,6 94,7 138 142 193 237 241 298 352 451
Page 16
SN 485 : 2005-08
For screws M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Square
taper washer d = nom. dim. 9 11 14 18 22 26
for
taper 8% U-sections a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 434 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 3,8 3,8 4,9 5,9 7 8,5

DIN 434 – 14 St
9,57 8,85 18,2 31,4 56,9 128
For screws M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Square
taper washer d = nom. dim. 9 11 13,5 17,5 22 26
for
taper 14 % I-sections a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 435 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 4,6 4,6 6,2 7,5 9,2 10,8

DIN 435 – 14 St
10,2 9,4 20,1 35,6 67 143
Nomin. dimens.
10 12 15 16 17 18 20 22 24 25 26
Retaining ring for shafts d1
Normal type s 1 - 0,06 1,2 - 0,06
DIN 471
d2 9,6 11,5 14,3 15,2 16,2 17 19 21 22,9 23,9 24,9
perm. dev. - 0,06 - 0,11 - 0,13 - 0,21
m 1) 1,1 +0,14 1,3 +0,14
nmin. 0,6 0,8 1,1 1,2 1,5 1,7
0,34 0,5 0,67 0,7 0,82 1,11 1,3 1,5 1,77 1,9 1,96
Nomin. dimens.
28 30 32 35 38 40 42 45 50 55 60
d1
s 1,5 - 0,06 1,75 - 0,06 2 - 0,07
d2 26,6 28,6 30,3 33 36 37,5 39,5 42,5 47 52 57
perm. dev. - 0,21 - 0,25 - 0,3
m 1) 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
nmin. 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
2,92 3,31 3,54 4 5,62 6,03 6,5 7,5 10,2 11,4 12,9
Nomin. dimens.
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2,5 - 0,07 3 - 0,08 4 - 0,1
d2 62 67 72 76,5 81,5
86,5 91,5 96,5 106 111 116
perm. dev. - 0,3 - 0,35 - 0,54
m 1) 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
nmin. 4,5 5,3 6
Weight (7,85 kg/dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
3
18,2 22 24,6 27,3 36,4 44,5 49 53,7 82 84 86

Nomin. dimens.
130 140 150 160 180 190 200 220 240 260 300
d1
s 4 - 0,1 5 - 0,12
d2 126 136 145 155 175 185 195 214234 252 292
perm. dev. - 0,63 - 0,72 - 0,81
m 1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
DIN 471 – 40 x 1,75 - FSt nmin. 6 7,5 9 12
Weight (7,85 kg / dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
3
100 110 120 150 190 210 230 265 310 355 44
Page 17
SN 485 : 2005-08
Nomin. dimens.
25 28 32 35 40 42 45 47 50 52 55
Circlip (retaining ring) d1
for bores
Normal type s 1,2 - 0,06 1,5 - 0,06 1,75 - 0,06 2 - 0,07
d2 26,2 29,4 33,7 37 42,5 44,5 47,5 49,5 53 55 58

DIN 472
permiss.
+ 0,21 + 0,25 + 0,3
deviation
m 1) 1,3 +0,14 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
nmin. 1,8 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
1,5 1,8 2,21 3,54 4,7 5,4 6 6,1 7,3 8,2 8,3
Nomin. dimens.
60 62 72 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2 – 0,07 2,5 - 0,07 3 - 0,08 4 - 0,1
d2 63 65 75 83,5 88,5 93,5 98,5 103,5 114 119 124

permiss.
+ 0,30 + 0,35 + 0,54 + 0,63
deviation
m 1) 2,15 +0,14 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
nmin. 4,5 5,3 6
11,1 11,2 18,1 22 25,3 31 35 38 64,5 74,5 77

Nomin. dimens.
130 140 145 150 160 180 200 210 240 280 300
d1
s 4 - 0,1 5 - 0,12
d2 134 144 149 155 165 185 205 216 246 288 308
permiss.
+ 0,63 + 0,72 + 0,81
deviation
m 1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
nmin. 6 7,5 9 12
DIN 472 – 50 x 2 - FSt Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
82 87,5 93 105 110 165 195 270 345 400 435
1)
In the standard case, tolerance range H13 applies to the groove width m. In case of one-side force transmission the
grooves can be widened and/or bevelled towards the force-relieved side. The width of the groove has no effect on the
load bearing capacity of the retaining-ring joint.
Page 18
SN 485 : 2005-08
Short d1 d2 d3 h b t Weight
Locknut designation h13 h13 h13 JS14 H17 *) kg/pc
DIN 981 KM 5 M 25x1,5 38 32 0,025

7
KM 6 M 30x1,5 45 38 5 2 0,043
KM 7 M 35x1,5 52 44 8 0,053
KM 8 M 40x1,5 58 50 9 0,085
KM 9 M 45x1,5 65 56 10 6 2,5 0,119
KM 10 M 50x1,5 70 61 0,148
KM 11 M 55x2 75 67 11 0,158
KM 12 M 60x2 80 73 7 3 0,174
KM 13 M 65x2 85 79 0,203
12
KM 14 M 70x2 92 85 0,242
KM 16 M 80x2 105 95 15 8 3,5 0,397
KM 17 M 85x2 110 102 0,451

16
KM 18 M 90x2 120 108 0,556
KM 19 M 95x2 125 113 17 10 4 0,658
KM 20 M100x2 130 120 18 0,698
KM 22 M110x2 145 133 0,965

19
KM 23 M115x2 150 137 1,01
KM 24 M120x2 155 138 20 12 5 1,08
KM 25 M125x2 160 148 1,19

21
KM 26 M130x2 165 149 1,25
KM 27 M135x2 175 1,55

160 22
KM 28 M140x2 180 14 6 1,56
KM 30 M150x2 195 171 24 2,03
KM 32 M160x3 210 182 25 2,59

16 7
KM 34 M170x3 220 193 26 2,8
KM 36 M180x3 230 203 27 3,07

18 8
KM 38 M190x3 240 214 28 3,39
DIN 981 – KM 17 - St
0 + 0,9
*) Applies only to t > 3 mm. t up to 2 mm: - 0,5 mm; t > 2 to 3 mm: 0 mm
Page 19
SN 485 : 2005-08
Short d1 d2 d3 e f s Groove Pertaining

Lockwasher Weight
designa- locknut as in
(safety plate) b3 + 0,5 kg/pc.
tion C11
js17 h13 a15 C11 min. H11 t 0 DIN 981 - ...
DIN 5406 MB 5 25 42 32 23 3 0,006 KM 5
5 6
MB 6 30 49 38 27,5 0,008 KM 6
MB 7 35 57 44 32,5 0,01 KM 7
1,25
MB 8 40 62 50 37,5 0,012 KM 8
6 7
MB 9 45 69 56 42,5 0,015 KM 9
4
MB 10 50 74 61 47,5 0,016 KM 10
MB 11 55 81 67 52,5 0,02 KM 11
MB 12 60 86 73 57,5 0,025 KM 12
8 1,5 9
MB 13 65 92 79 62,5 0,029 KM 13
MB 14 70 98 85 66,5 0,033 KM 14
MB 16 80 112 95 76,5 0,046 KM 16
MB 17 85 119 102 81,5 0,052 KM 17

10 11 5
MB 18 90 126 108 86,5 0,062 KM 18
1,75
MB 19 95 133 113 91,5 0,067 KM 19
MB 20 100 142 120 96,5 0,077 KM 20
MB 22 110 154 133 12 105,5 14 0,094 KM 22

6
MB 23 115 159 137 110,5 0,108 KM 23
b3
MB 24 120 164 138 115 0,105 KM 24
MB 25 125 170 148 120 0,118 KM 25

14 16
MB 26 130 175 149 125 2 0,113 KM 26
7
MB 27 135 185 160 130 0,144 KM 27
MB 28 140 192 160 135 0,142 KM 28

16 18
MB 30 150 205 171 145 0,155 KM 30
MB 32 160 217 182 154 0,229 KM 32

18 20
MB 34 170 232 193 164 0,247 KM 34
2,5 8
DIN 5406 – MB 17 - St MB 36 180 242 203 174 0,268 KM 36
20 22
MB 38 190 252 214 184 0,278 KM 38
The safety plate must not be located within the relief groove.
Provide washer if necessary,

or secure with lock nut without safety plate,
or fix using bonding agent SN 507 - Loctite 675.
August 2005
Feather keys
SN 708
Selection from DIN
Dimensions in mm
Feather keys as in DIN 6885
1) 1)2) 3)
Type B Type D Type F
Surfaces for keyways

without drawing indication
(see SN 200)
Example:
functional dimension
shaft hub
Example:
Example of designation: Feather key DIN 6885 – B 12 x 8 x 80 – C45+C
above 10 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440
For shaft dia. d1
up to 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440 500
d2 = d1 + 4 5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Width b1 h9 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 63 70 80 90 100
Height h h11 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Length l To be determined and indicated as required for design
Feather key
Diagonal or r1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5

curve perm. dev. +0,09 + 0,15 + 0,2 + 0,4 + 0,5
Thread d5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
d3 4,5 5,5 6,6 9 11 13,5 17,5 22
Countersink d4 8 10 11 15 18 20 26 33
t5 3,2 4,1 4,8 6 7,3 8,3 11,5 13,5
Material C45+C (C 45 K)
t1 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 20 20 22 25 28 31
Depth
Shaft keyseat
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width b1 P9
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
Depth t2 1,8 2,3 2,8 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,8 4,3 4,4 4,9 5,4 5,4 6,4 7,4 8,4 9,4 10,4 11,4 12,4 12,4 14,4 15,4 17,4 19,5
Hub keyway
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width Feather key – b1 P9 , sliding key – b1 F7 5)
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
d6 - M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Thread t3 - 6 6 6 7 6 8 9 9 11 15 13 15 12 13 13 17 18 20 20
Fastening
t4 - 10 11 11 13 12 14 16 17 19 24 22 24 21 22 22 27 28 32 32
ISO 1207 – M ....x.... – 4.8 DIN 7984 – M ....x.... – 8.8
Screw d6 x - 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 16 20 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50
To be separately stated in the bill of materials
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 708 : 2005-08
1)
If feather keys of types B and D with hole for jack screw (s) are used, this has to be expressly stated in the order.
Example of designation: DIN 6885 – BS 12 x 8 x 80 – C45+C
2)
Use type D if I: b1 < 4
3)
Use type F if I: b1 > 4
4)
The keyway length depends upon the design and shall be stated in the drawing.
The keyway length of the key types B, D and F is defined as the useful load-bearing length (functional dimension) without
curves.
5)
H8 for secondary applications (e.g. support strip for pillow block) without transmission of moments.
August 2005
Axle stop plate

SN 370
Installation
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN 15058

Important: Some dimensions in f and g are SMS Demag specific and deviate from DIN 15058.
Arrangement
stop collar Parallel to or against the loading direction
of the axle
The axle stop plates shall be arranged in such a way that

the fastening screws are not stressed by the axle load.
1)
Designation of an axle stop plate of width a = 40 mm and thickness b = 10 mm in S235JR:
Axle stop plate DIN 15058 – 40 x 10 – S235JR
For axle diameter d2 Pertaining 2)
Hexagon head Weight
a b c1 c2 d1 1) d3 n f g h
Range Pin dia. screw kg/pc.
min.
ISO 4017-...8.8
18 16 3
over 16 20
22 20 5 60 36 9 85 6 17 16 M 8 x 16 0,042
to 25 4
24 18
25 18,5
27 21,5
28 22 4,5
110
30 23
over 25 32 23,5
33 25 6 80 50 11 7 24 5 19 M10 x 20 0,085
to 40
(35) 25
36 115
38 26 5,5
40 27
42 140 29,5
45 31 6,5
48 145 32,5
over 40 50 33 7
30 8 100 70 13,5 9 21 M12 x 25 0,19
to 63 55 7,5
35
56 150 8
60 36 9
63 37 9,5
65 192 42,5 10
70 195 45
(75) 198 47 10,5
over 63 80 48
40 10 140 100 17,5 11 27 M16 x 30 0,4
to 100 85 50,5 12
90 205 53
95 52,5 15
100 210 55
105 265 62,5 15
110 65
120 270 67 18
over 100 125 20,5
50 12 190 140 22 13 32 M20 x 40 0,9
to 160 130 275 70 20
140 280 75
150 285 78 22
160 290 83
170 350 90 25
180 360 95
over 160 190 97
60 16 250 200 26 17 28 38 M24 x 50 1,75
to 250 200 370 102
220 380 110 30
250 405 125
Dimensions in round brackets shall be avoided whenever possible.
Material: S235JR as in DIN EN 10025
1)
Other hole diameters shall be stated in the order, e.g. axle stop plate 40 x 10 with d1 = 18 mm in S235JR:
Axle stop plate DIN 15058 – 40 x 10 x 18 – S235JR
2)
To be separately stated in bill of materials.
August 2005
Pin without head SN 530
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN EN 22340
Pin without head as in SN 530
Type A (manufacturing cost FK = 116%) Type B (dimensions like types A and C)

up to d1 = 100 mm dia. (FK = 221%) from d1 = 18 mm dia.
rounded off
Designation of a pin, type A, as in SN 530 Designation of a pin, type B, as in SN 530

1) 1)
with diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 , with diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 ,
2)
length l1 = 130 mm and lh = 110 mm in E295: length = 130 mm, l2 = 60 mm and l4 = 30 mm in E295:

Pin SN 530 – A 40h9 x 130 x 110 – E295 Pin SN 530 – B 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 – E295
Type C (dimensions like types A and B) Type D (dimensions like type A)

(FK = 221%) (FK = 136%) from d1 = 25 mm dia.
Designation of a pin, type C, as in SN 530 Designation of a pin, type D, as in SN 530

with diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and with diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and
2)
l1 = 130 mm, l2 = 60 mm and l4 = 30 mm in E295: l1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 – C 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 – E295 Pin SN 530 – D 40h9 x 130 – E295
Type E (dimensions like types A and D)

(FK = 100%)
Designation of a pin, type E, as in SN 530

with diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and
l1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 – E 40h9 x 130 – E295
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 530 : 2005-08
Washer,
Split pin finish coarse Axle holder
d1 1) dl d2 n c g h1 t1
DIN 1441
max. DIN EN ISO 1234 DIN 15058
h9 H13 Inside dia. s
6 1,6 1,6 x 12 7 1,6
8 2 2 2 x 12 9 2
10 3,2 x 16 11 2,5
3,2
12 - - - 3,2 x 20 13 -
3
14 15
* 15 4 - 3 - 4 x 25 - -
16 17 3
18 3 19
5 x 32
20 5 21
22 6 16 5 x 36 23 4 20 x 5
4
24 6,3 x 36 25
* 25 6,3 x 40 26
6,3
27 0,4 28
6,3 x 45
* 28 4,5 29
30 3 8 x 45 31 5
* 32 34
33 7 4 5 19 8 x 50 34 25 x 6
* 35 0,6 37
8 6
36 37
* 38 5,5 8 x 56 - -
40 41 6
* 42 8 x 63 - -
4
45 6,5 46 7
* 48 10 x 63 - -
50 9 7 21 51 8 30 x 8
0,8
55 10 7,5 10 x 71 56
60 9 62
9
* 63 9,5 10 x 80 68
* 65 68
10
70 72
13 x 90 10
* 75 6 10,5 78
6
80 13 x 100 82
11 27 40 x 10
* 85 13 12 1 86
13 x 112 12
90 92
* 95 98
13 x 125
100 15 102 14
* 110 13 x 140
* 120 18 13 x 160
* 125
13 x 180
* 130 13 20 32 50 x 12
* 140 16 x 180
* 150 - 8 8 1,6 - -
22 16 x 200
* 160
* 170
25 16 x 224
* 180
17 38 60 x 16
* 190
28 16 x 250
* 200
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22340.
Material: E295; preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1) When other tolerances are required, these shall be stated in the designation.
2) L4 defined as in SN 364-3, bush length b1 – 2 (a + c1).
August 2005
Pin with head SN 358
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN EN 22341
Pin with head as in DIN EN 22341

up to d1 = 100 mm-Ø
Without split-pin hole – type A
rounded off
drill during shop assembly

Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341
1)
with diameter d1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 ,
and length l1 = 95 mm, without split-pin hole, in S355J2:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 – A 65h9 x 95 – S355J2
With split-pin hole – type B

(dimensions as for pin without split-pin hole)
d1 h9, f7 FK = 165%
d1 g6 FK = 234%
rounded off
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

1)
with diameter d1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 ,
and length l1 = 95 mm and split-pin hole distance
lh = 83 mm, in S355J2:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 - B 65h9 x 95 x 83 – S355J2
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 358 : 2005-08
Washer,
Split pin
d1 1) dK dl c k r e finish coarse
DIN 1441
DIN EN ISO 1234
h9 H13 max. Inside dia s
6 10 1,6 2 7 1,6 1,6 x 12
8 14 2 2 3 1 9 2 2 x 12
10 18 0,6 11 2,5 3,2 x 16
3,2
12 20 4 13 3,2 x 20
1,6 3
14 22 15
4 3 4 x 25
16 25 4,5 0,6 17 3
1,6
18 28 19
5 5 x 32
20 30 5 21
1 4
22 33 5,5 2 23 5 x 36
24 36 6 25 6,3 x 36
6,3
27 40 6 1 2 28 6,3 x 45
30 44 8 1 2 31 8 x 45
4 5
33 47 8 1 2 34 8 x 50
8
36 50 8 1 2 37
8 x 56
40 55 8 1 2 41 6
45 60 9 1 2 46 7
10 x 63
50 66 9 2 51 8
10
55 72 11 1 56 10 x 71
3 9
60 78 12 62 10 x 80
70 90 13 1 3 72 10 13 x 90
6
80 100 13 1 3 82 13 x 100
13 12
90 110 13 1 3 92 13 x 112
100 120 13 1 3 102 14 13 x 125
Material: S355J2; preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1) When other tolerances are required, these shall be stated in the designation.
August 2005
Bushings for plain bearings SN 364

Part 1
made of copper alloys
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN ISO 4379
Bushings for plain bearings as in DIN ISO 4379
Use bushings of strip metal (e.g. DU bushings) for simple-type bearings.
Dimensions and designation: Type C Type F

(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type C)
X (without Y in the designation)
25
1,6
3,2
c1 x 45°
c2 x 45°
Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d3
1,6
3,2
0,2
X (with Y in the designation)
X 3,2
c2 (variabel)
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2
Designation of a bush, type C, inside dia. d1 = 20 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to installation,

outside dia. d2 = 26 mm with ISO tolerance range s6, width b1 = 20 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15º (Y)
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Ordering example:
Bushing ISO 4379 - C-20E9 x 26s6 x 20Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials see SN 359
Execution: Permissible deviations from dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768-m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred as in DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45°: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15°: add the letter Y in the designation.
SMS Demag recommended tolerance ranges:
pressed-in, shrunk-in glued in (indicate in drawing)
≤ 200 F7 E9 D10
before installation ü ⋅ d1
> 200 1) Vx = − 15% 2) H7 H8 E9
d1 d2
after installation H7 H8 E9
relevant shaft tolerance range f7; e9 h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
d2 ≤ 120 s6
g6
> 120 r6
Location hole H7 H7
Example of nom. dimension d1 > 200: (not standardised)

Given: location hole = 240 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) . bushing outside dia. d2 = 240 r6 ( ++00,,113
084 ) .
bushing pressed in or shrunk in.

Desired: Bushing inside dia. d1 = 210 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) .
ü ⋅ d1 0,113 ⋅ 210
Required: d1 before mounting: Vx = − 15% = − 15% = 0,084
d2 240
this leads to a dimension required before installation of d1 min. = 210 + 0,084 = 210,084 and
a d1 max. = 210,046 + 0,084 = 210,130; selected: 210 E9 ( ++00,,215
100 ) .
When a suitable ISO tolerance range cannot be determined, the calculated values can be indicated as deviations
from the nominal dimension, e.g. 210 ( ++00,,130
084 ) .
Plain bearing bushings subjected to particularly heavy stresses due to axial or radial forces shall be secured by setscrews or
bonding agent Loctite 675 as in SN 507. For bushes with lubricant feed and distribution for rotating bearing movement refer
to DIN 364-3.
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on page 2

Page 2
SN 364 Part 1 : 2005-08
b1 3) Chamfer Tolerance Tolerance

Series 45° 15°
d1 d2 d3 b2 u
c 1 , c2 c2
1 2 3 IT 8 IT 8
max. max.
6 4) 12 14
0,027
8 14 18 6 10 - 0,3 1
0,027
10 16 20
1
12 18 22
14 20 25 10
15 20 0,033
15 21 27 3
16 22 28
12
18 24 30 0,033
20 26 32
20 30 0,5 2
22 28 34 15
1,5
(24) 30 36
25 32 38
(27) 34 40
0,039
28 36 42 4
20 30 40
30 38 44
32 40 46
0,039
(33) 42 48
35 45 50
(36) 46 52 50
38 48 54
30 40
40 50 58
5 0,8 3
42 52 60 2
0,046
45 55 63 60
48 58 66
50 60 68 50 0,046
40
55 65 73 70
60 75 83
60 80
65 80 88
70 85 95 50
70 90 7,5
75 90 100 0,054
80 95 105
100
85 100 110 80 0,054
60
90 110 120 1 4
95 115 125 3
100 120 130 120
100
105 125 135 80
110 130 140 10
0,063
120 140 150
120 150 0,063
130 150 160 100
140 160 170
150 170 180 150 180
160 185 200 120
12,5 2 5 4
170 195 210 200
180 210 220 180 0,072 0,072
150
190 220 230 250 15
200 230 240 180 200
1)
Dimensions > 200 mm are not standardised.
2)
Meaning of the variables in the equation:
Vx = biggest anticipated diameter reduction of d1 after pressing or shrinking in.
ü = maximum interference between location hole and bushing outside diameter d2.
d1 = nominal inside dia. of bushing.
d2 = nominal outside dia. of bushing = nom. dia. of location hole.
3)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here shall be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but shall not exceed 1,5 x d1.
4)
This dimension applies only to bushings of type C.
August 2005
Bushings for hydraulic cylinders

SN 364
with pivot trunnion Part 2
made of copper alloys
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN ISO 4379
The bushings of this SN 364-2 are designed only for hydraulic cylinders with pivot trunnions.
They differ from types C and F of SN 364-1 by a bigger chamfer c1.
Dimensions and designation: Type A Type B

(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type A)
X ( without Y in the designation)
25
1,6
3,2
c1 x 45°
c2 x 45°
Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d3
1,6
3,2
0,2
X ( with Y in the designation)
X 3,2
c2 (variabel)
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2

Designation of a bushing, type A, inside dia. d1 = 30 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to installation,
outside dia. d2 = 38 mm with ISO tolerance range s6, width b1 = 30 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15º (Y)
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing SN 364 - A-30E9 x 38s6 x 30Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials see SN 359
Execution: Permissible deviations from dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768-m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred as in DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45°: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15°: add the letter Y in the designation.
SMS Demag recommended tolerance ranges:
pressed-in, shrunk-in glued in (indicate in drawing)
before installation ≤ 200 F7 E9 D10

H7 H8 E9
d1 after installation H7 H8 E9
relevant shaft tolerance range *) f8 a) , c) or e8 b) , c), d) h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
≤ 120 s6
d2 g6
> 120 r6
Location hole H7 H7
*) In most cases the tolerance indications are standardised by the suppliers.
Example:
a)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 160 bar (type CDM1)
b)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 250 bar (types CDH1, CGH1) Messrs. Bosch Rexroth AG
c)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 250 bar (types CDH2, CGH2)
d)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 350 bar (types CDH3, CGH3)
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 2 : 2005-08
b1 1) Chamfer Tolerance Tolerance

Series 45° 15°
d1 d2 d3 b2 u
c1 c2 c2
1 2 3 IT8 IT8
25 32 38 1,5
0,5 2
30 38 44 4
20 30 40
32 40 46 0,039
(33) 42 48
0,039
35 45 50
(36) 46 52 50
38 48 54 2
30 40
40 50 58
5 0,8 3
42 52 60
2 0,046
45 55 63 60
48 58 66
50 60 68 50
40 0,046
55 65 73 70
60 75 83
63 2) 78 2) 86 2) 60 80
65 80 88
50
70 85 95 7,5
70 90 0,054
75 90 100
2,5
80 95 105
100
85 100 110 80 0,054
60 1 4
90 110 120
95 115 125 3
100 120 130 120
100
105 125 135 80
110 130 140
10
120 140 150 0,063
125 2) 140 2) 150 2) 120 150 0,063
100
130 150 160
140 160 170
5
150 170 180 150 180
160 185 200 120 2 5 4
12,5
170 195 210 200
180 210 220 180 0,072 0,072
150
190 220 230 250 15
200 230 240 180 200
1) The dimensions of b1 indicated here shall be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but shall not exceed 1,5 x d1.
2)
Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 4379.
August 2005
Bushings for plain bearings SN 364

with lubrication holes and grooves
Part 3
for rotating bearing movements
Dimensions in mm Based on DIN ISO 12128 and
in part on
DIN 1850-2 (March 1969)
1 Field of application
This standard enables the assignment of types of lubricant feeders and distributors to the copper-alloy plain bearing bushings
as in DIN ISO 4379 (in part from DIN 1850-2 of March 1969); it shows that the bushing types C and F can be designed with
bores, longitudinal and ring grooves or combinations of these.
Ring grooves in conjunction with longitudinal grooves shall be used only in exceptional cases (e.g. greasing
through tappet), as they heavily reduce the load bearing capacity of the plain bearings; longitudinal and ring
grooves shall always be provided in the stationary section
Design recommendation:
For cost reasons it may reasonable to use bushings made of maintenance-free graphitic sliding material or
of sintered bronze (see SN 359). Here no manufacturing cost will arise for the various lubricant groove types
A to H.
2 Types of lubricant feed and distribution

(Selection from DIN ISO 12128)

Lubrication hole Longitudinal groove Ring groove
Type L Type D Type G
rounded off rounded off

Hole d2 drilled together with locating element,
except for locating elements with ring grooves.
Indication in assembly drawing or assembly note

in bill of materials is required.
For types L, D, G Type L Type D Type G For types L, D, G

Bearing wall thickness e1 +0,2 r e2 +0,2 d1
d2 t 0 t 0
s ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈
≤ 2 2,5 5 0,8 2,5 1,8 0,8
≤ 30
> 2 ≤ 2,5 3 8 1 4 2 1
> 2,5 ≤ 3 4 10,5 1,2 6 2,5 1,2
> 3 ≤ 4 5 14 1,6 8 3,5 1,6 > 30 ≤ 100
> 4 ≤ 5 6 19 2 12 4,5 2
> 5 ≤ 7,5 8 28 2,5 20 7,5 2,5
> 7,5 ≤ 10 10 38 3,2 28 11 3,2 > 100
> 10 12 49 4 35 14 4
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 3 : 2005-08
3 Table of types and designations

Lubricant Lubrication holes and grooves
feeding and Type Quantity: 1, 2 or 3 Example of designation:
distribution
Type Type and arrangement
through ...
as in
Lubrication hole centric or

DIN ISO 12128 Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, as in DIN ISO 4379
or a bush for cylinder, type B, as in SN 364-2, each with a dimension
of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type A (A), with one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L)
off-center
at a distance of x = 10 as in DIN ISO 12128 and made of
A L CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Dimension x Bushing ISO 4379 – F-18E9x24s6x20Y–A1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

for centric Bushing SN 364 – B-18E9x24s6x20Y–A1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
lubrication hole is 1/2 x b1.
Hub
as in
Longitudinal groove closed on
DIN 1850-2 Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, as in DIN ISO 4379
both sides and lubric. hole
(March 1969) or a bush for cylinder, type B, as in SN 364-2, each with a dimension
centric or off-center
a a of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type B (B), with one longitudinal groove (1) of type

D (D) and one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L) at a distance of x = 6
as in DIN ISO 1850-2 and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
D
B and Bushing ISO 4379–F–18E9x24s6x20Y–B1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
L Bushing SN 364–B–18E9x24s6x20Y–B1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x
for centric b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
lubrication hole is ½ x b1. a 3 4 6 10
as in Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type C, as in DIN ISO 4379
Longitudinal groove closed
DIN ISO 12128 or a bushing for cylinder, type A, as in SN 364-2, each with a
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type C (C), with three longitudinal
on both sides
grooves (3), type D (D), as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
C D Bushing ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–C3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 – A–18E9x24s6x20Y–C3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
Trunnion
as in
diagonal sides, centric or off-centre
DIN 18502-2
closed, and one ring groove with
Longitudinal groove, two sides
(March 1969) Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, as in DIN ISO 4379
a a or a bush for cylinder, type B, as in SN 364-2, each with a
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type F (F), with three longitudinal
grooves (3) of type D (D) and one ring groove (1) of type G (G) at a
D distance of x = 6 as in DIN ISO 1850-2, and made of
F and CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
G Bushing ISO 4379–F–18E9x24s6x20Y–F3D1G6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x for centric ring Bushing SN 364–B–18E9x24s6x20Y–F3D1G6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
groove: 1/2 x b1. b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
Longitud. groove, open on
side opposite to press-in
a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type G (G), with one longitudinal

groove (1), type D (D), as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
side
G D Bushing ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–G1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Bushing SN 364 – A–18E9x24s6x20Y–G1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
Front face
a 3 4 6 10
Longitudinal groove, open
a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type H (H), with one longitudinal
on press-in side
groove (1), type D (D), as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
H D Bushing ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–H1D – CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 – A–18E9x24s6x20Y–H1D – CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982 or other materials as in SN 359.

August 2005
Structural steel sections

SN 805
Selection
(some kept in stock)
Dimensions in mm
Round-edge unequal leg steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.
Important:
Positions and designations
of the bending axes cx + cy
in the booklet on "Stahlbau-
Profile" (struct. steel
sections) are different from
those shown here.
Symbol Bending axes Weight

Section dimensions Leg bores according to DIN 997
L a b t r1 r2 cx
in cm
cy wx
in cm3
wy d1 d2 w1 w2 w3
in
kg/m
30x 20x 3 30 20 3 4 2 0,99 0,502 0,621 0,292 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 1,12
4 30 20 4 4 2 1,03 0,541 0,807 0,379 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 1,46
40x 20x 4 40 20 4 4 2 1,47 0,48 1,42 0,393 11 4,3 22 - 12 1,77
40x 25x 4 40 25 4 4 2 1,36 0,623 1,47 0,619 11* 6,4* 22* - 15* 1,93
45x 30x 4 45 30 4 4,5 2,25 1,48 0,74 1,91 0,91 13 8,4 25 - 17 2,25
50x 30x 5 50 30 5 5 2,5 1,73 0,741 2,86 1,11 13 8,4 30 - 17 2,96

60x 30x 5 60 30 5 5 2,5 2,17 0,684 4,07 1,14 17 8,4 35 - 17 3,36
60x 40x 5 60 40 5 6 3 1,96 0,972 4,25 2,02 17 11 35 - 22 3,76
6 60 40 6 6 3 2 1,01 5,03 2,38 17 11 35 - 22 4,46
65x 50x 5 65 50 5 6 3 1,99 1,25 5,14 3,19 21 13 35 - 30 4,35
70x 50x 6 70 50 6 7 3,5 2,23 1,25 7,01 3,78 21* 13* 40* - 30* 5,41
75x 50x 6 75 50 6 7 3,5 2,44 1,21 8,01 3,81 23* 13* 35* - 30* 5,65
8 75 50 8 7 3,5 2,52 1,29 10,4 4,95 23* 13* 35* - 30* 7,39
80x 40x 6 80 40 6 7 3,5 2,85 0,884 8,73 2,44 23 11 45 - 22 5,41
8 80 40 8 7 3,5 2,94 0,963 11,4 3,16 23 11 45 - 22 7,07
80x 60x 7 80 60 7 8 4 2,51 1,52 10,7 6,34 23* 17* 45* - 35* 7,36
100x 50x 6 100 50 6 8 4 3,51 1,05 13,8 3,89 25 13 55 - 30 6,84
8 100 50 8 8 4 3,6 1,13 18,2 5,08 25 13 55 - 30 8,97
100x 65x 7 100 65 7 10 5 3,23 1,51 16,6 7,53 25 21 55 - 35 8,77
8 100 65 8 10 5 3,27 1,55 18,9 8,54 25* 21* 55* - 35* 9,94
10 100 65 10 10 5 3,36 1,63 23,2 10,5 25* 21/17* 55* - 35* 12,3
100x 75x 8 100 75 8 10 5 3,1 1,87 19,3 11,4 25* 23* 55* - 40* 10,6
10 100 75 10 10 5 3,19 1,95 23,8 14 25* 23* 55* - 40* 13
12 100 75 12 10 5 3,27 2,03 28 16,5 25* 23* 55* - 40* 15,4
120x 80x 8 120 80 8 11 5,5 3,83 1,87 27,6 13,2 25 23 50 80 45 12,2
10 120 80 10 11 5,5 3,92 1,95 34,1 16,2 25 23 50 80 45 15
12 120 80 12 11 5,5 4 2,03 40,4 19,1 25 23 50 80 45 17,8
125x 75x 8 125 75 8 11 5,5 4,14 1,68 29,6 11,6 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 12,2
10 125 75 10 11 5,5 4,23 1,76 36,5 14,3 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 15
12 125 75 12 11 5,5 4,31 1,84 43,2 16,9 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 17,8
135x 65x 8 135 65 8 11 5,5 4,78 1,34 33,4 8,75 25* 21* 55* 95* 35* 12,2
10 135 65 10 11 5,5 4,88 1,42 41,3 10,8 25* 21* 55* 95* 35* 15
150x 75x 9 150 75 9 12 6 5,26 1,57 46,7 13,1 28 23 60 105 40 15,4
10 150 75 10 12 6 5,31 1,61 51,6 14,5 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 17
12 150 75 12 12 6 5,4 1,69 61,3 17,1 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 20,2
15 150 75 15 12 6 5,52 1,81 75,2 21 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 24,8
150x 90x10 150 90 10 12 6 5 2,04 53,3 21 28 25 60 105 50 18,2
12 150 90 12 12 6 5,08 2,12 63,3 24,8 28 25 60 105 50 21,6
15 150 90 15 12 6 5,21 2,23 77,7 30,4 28* 25* 60* 105* 50* 26,6
150x100x10 150 100 10 12 6 4,81 2,34 54,2 25,9 28 25 60 105 55 19
12 150 100 12 12 6 4,89 2,42 64,4 30,7 28 25 60 105 55 22,5
200x100x10 200 100 10 15 7,5 6,93 2,01 93,2 26,3 28 25 65 150 55 23
12 200 100 12 15 7,5 7,03 2,1 111 31,3 28 25 65 150 55 27,3
15 200 100 15 15 7,5 7,16 2,22 137 38,5 28* 25* 65* 150* 55* 33,75
200x150x12 200 150 12 15 7,5 6,08 3,61 119 70,5 28* 25* 65* 150* 100* 32
15 200 150 15 15 7,5 6,21 3,73 147 86,9 28* 25* 65* 150* 100* 39,6
Page 2
SN 805 : 2005-08
Round-edge equal leg steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.

in cm in cm3 in
a t r1 r2 c x = cy Zx = Zy d w1 4) w2 kg / m
20x 20x 3 20 3 3,5 1,75 0,598 0,279 4,3 12 - 0,882
25x 25x 3 25 3 3,5 1,75 0,723 0,452 6,4 15 - 1,12
4 25 4 3,5 1,75 0,762 0,586 6,4 15 - 1,45
30x 30x 3 30 3 5 2,5 0,835 0,649 8,4 17 - 1,36
4 30 4 5 2,5 0,878 0,85 8,4 17 - 1,78
35x 35x 4 35 4 5 2,5 1 1,18 11 18 - 2,09
40x 40x 4 40 4 6 3 1,12 1,55 11 22 - 2,42
5 40 5 6 3 1,16 1,91 11 22 - 2,97
45x 45x 4,5 45 4,5 7 3,5 1,25 2,2 13* 25* - 3,06
50x 50x 4 50 4 7 3,5 1,36 2,46 13 30 - 3,06
5 50 5 7 3,5 1,4 3,05 13 30 - 3,77
6 50 6 7 3,5 1,45 3,61 13 30 - 4,47
60x 60x 5 60 5 8 4 1,64 4,45 17 35 - 4,57
6 60 6 8 4 1,69 5,29 17 35 - 5,42
8 60 8 8 4 1,77 6,89 17 35 - 7,09
65x 65x 7 65 7 9 4,5 1,85 7,18 21 35 - 6,83
70x 70x 6 70 6 9 4,5 1,93 7,27 21 40 - 6,38
7 70 7 9 4,5 1,97 8,41 21 40 - 7,38
75x 75x 6 75 6 9 4,5 2,05 8,41 23 40 - 6,85
8 75 8 9 4,5 2,14 11 23 40 - 8,99
80x 80x 8 80 8 10 5 2,26 12,6 23 45 - 9,63
10 80 10 10 5 2,34 15,4 23 45 - 11,9
90x 90x 7 90 7 11 5,5 2,45 14,1 25* 50* - 9,61
8 90 8 11 5,5 2,5 16,1 25 50 - 10,9
9 90 9 11 5,5 2,54 17,9 25 50 - 12,2
10 90 10 11 5,5 2,58 19,8 25 50 - 13,4
100x100x 8 100 8 12 6 2,74 19,9 25 55 - 12,2
10 100 10 12 6 2,82 24,6 25 55 - 15
12 100 12 12 6 2,9 29,1 25 55 - 17,8
120x120x10 120 10 13 6,5 3,31 36 25* 50* 80* 18,2
12 120 12 13 6,5 3,4 42,7 25 50 80 21,6
130x130x12 130 12 14 7 3,64 50,4 25 50 90 23,6
150x150x10 150 10 16 8 4,03 56,9 28* 60* 105* 23
12 150 12 16 8 4,12 67,7 28 60 105 27,3
15 150 15 16 8 4,25 83,5 28 60 105 33,8
160x160x15 160 15 17 8,5 4,49 95,6 28 60 115 36,2
180x180x16 180 16 18 9 5,02 130 28 60 135 43,5
18 180 18 18 9 5,1 145 28 60 / 65 135 48,6
200x200x16 200 16 18 9 5,52 162 28 65 150 48,5
18 200 18 18 9 5,6 181 28 65 150 54,3
20 200 20 18 9 5,68 199 28 65 150 59,9
24 200 24 18 9 5,84 235 28 65 / 70 150 71,1
250x250x28 250 28 18 9 7,24 433 28* 75* 200* 104
35 250 35 18 9 7,5 529 28* 75* 200* 128
Page 3
SN 805: 2005-08
Wide I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, I PB series as in DIN 1025-2.

in cm3 in
I PB h b s t r e 3) wx wy d w1 w2 w3 kg / m
100 100 100 6 10 12 56* 89,9 33,5 13 56 - - 20,4
120 120 120 6,5 11 12 74* 144 52,9 17 66 - - 26,7
140 140 140 7 12 12 92* 216 78,5 21 76 - - 33,7
160 160 160 8 13 15 104* 311 111 23 86 - - 42,6
180 180 180 8,5 14 15 122* 426 151 25 100 - - 51,2
200 200 200 9 15 18 134* 570 200 25 110 - - 61,3
220 220 220 9,5 16 18 152* 736 258 25 120 - - 71,5
240 240 240 10 17 21 164* 938 327 25 - 96 35 83,2
260 260 260 10 17,5 24 177* 1150 395 25 - 106 40 93
280 280 280 10,5 18 24 196* 1380 471 25 - 110 45 103
300 300 300 11 19 27 208* 1680 571 28 - 120 45 117
320 320 300 11,5 20,5 27 225* 1930 616 28 - 120 45 127
340 340 300 12 21,5 27 243* 2160 646 28 - 120 45 134
360 360 300 12,5 22,5 27 261* 2400 676 28 - 120 45 142
400 400 300 13,5 24 27 298* 2880 721 28 - 120 45 155
450 450 300 14 26 27 344* 3550 781 28 - 120 45 171
500 500 300 14,5 28 27 390* 4290 842 28 - 120 45 187
550 550 300 15 29 27 438* 4970 872 28 - 120 45 199
600 600 300 15,5 30 27 486* 5700 902 28 - 120 45 212
650 650 300 16 31 27 534* 6480 932 28 - 120 45 225
Medium-flange I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, I PE series (hot rolled) as in DIN 1025-5.
Bending axes Leg bores according to

Symbol Section dimensions
in cm3 DIN 997 Weight
d in
I PE h b s t r e 3) wx wy
Upper
limit1) w
kg / m
80 80 46 3,8 5,2 5 59 20 3,69 6,4 26 6

100 100 55 4,1 5,7 7 74 34,2 5,79 8,4 30 8,1
120 120 64 4,4 6,3 7 93 53 8,65 8,4 36 10,4
140 140 73 4,7 6,9 7 112 77,3 12,3 11 40 12,9
160 160 82 5 7,4 9 127 109 16,7 13 **) 44 15,8
180 180 91 5,3 8 9 146 146 22,2 13 50 18,8
200 200 100 5,6 8,5 12 159 194 28,5 13 56 22,4
220 220 110 5,9 9,2 12 177 252 37,3 17 60 26,2
240 240 120 6,2 9,8 15 190 324 47,3 17 68 30,7
270 270 135 6,6 10,2 15 219 429 62,2 21/17 72 36,1
300 300 150 7,1 10,7 15 248 557 80,5 23 80 42,2
330 330 160 7,5 11,5 18 271 713 98,5 25/23 86 49,1
360 360 170 8 12,7 18 298 904 123 25 90 57,1
400 400 180 8,6 13,5 21 331 1160 146 28/25 96 66,3
450 450 190 9,4 14,6 21 378 1500 176 28 106 77,6
500 500 200 10,2 16 21 426 1930 214 28 110 90,7
550 550 210 11,1 17,2 24 467 2440 254 28 120 106
600 600 220 12 19 24 514 3070 308 28 120 122
Page 4
SN 805: 2005-08
Normal U-sections as in DIN 1026-1.
Tapers of inner flanges:

up to h = 300 mm : 8%
over h = 300 mm : 5%
Bending axes Leg bores

Symbol Section dimensions in cm in cm3 according to Weight
DIN 997 in
d kg / m
U h b s t = r1 c r2 e 3) ey wx wy
Upper
limits1) 2) w
30 x 15 30 15 4 4,5 7,5 2 12 0,52 1,69 0,39 4,3 10 1,74
30 30 33 5 7 16,5 3,5 1 1,31 4,26 2,68 8,4 20 4,27
40 x 20 40 20 5 5,5 10 2,5 18 0,67 3,79 0,86 6,4 11 2,87
40 40 35 5 7 17,5 3,5 11 1,33 7,05 3,08 8,4 20 4,87
50 x 25 50 25 5 6 12,5 3 25 0,81 6,73 1,48 8,4 16 3,86
50 50 38 5 7 19 3,5 20 1,37 10,6 3,75 11 20 5,59
60 60 30 6 6 15 3 35 0,91 10,5 2,16 8,4 18 5,07
65 65 42 5,5 7,5 21 4 33 1,42 17,7 5,07 11 25 7,09
80 80 45 6 8 22,5 4 47 1,45 26,5 6,36 13 **) 25 8,64
100 100 50 6 8,5 25 4,5 64 1,55 41,2 8,49 13 30 10,6
120 120 55 7 9 27,5 4,5 82 1,6 60,7 11,1 17/13 30 13,4
140 140 60 7 10 30 5 97 1,75 86,4 14,8 17 35 16
160 160 65 7,5 10,5 32,5 5,5 116 1,84 116 18,3 21/17 35 18,8
180 180 70 8 11 35 5,5 133 1,92 150 22,4 21 40 22
200 200 75 8,5 11,5 37,5 6 151 2,01 191 27 23/21 40 25,3
220 220 80 9 12,5 40 6,5 166 2,14 245 33,6 23 45 29,4
240 240 85 9,5 13 42,5 6,5 185 2,23 300 39,6 25/23 45 33,2
260 260 90 10 14 45 7 201 2,36 371 47,7 25 50 37,9
280 280 95 10 15 47,5 7,5 216 2,53 448 57,2 25 50 41,8
300 300 100 10 16 50 8 232 2,7 535 67,8 28 55 46,2
320 320 100 14 17,5 43 8,75 247 2,6 679 80,6 28 58 59,5
350 350 100 14 16 43 8 283 2,4 734 75 28 58 60,6
380 380 102 13,5 16 44 8 313 2,38 829 78,7 28 60 63,1
400 400 110 14 18 48 9 325 2,65 1020 102 28 60 71,8
1)
The same tracing dimensions can be used for rivets and screws having smaller diameters than the max. diameters stated
here.
2)
When two d values are stated for a section, the smaller one is used for screws for high-strength connections (HV) as in
DIN EN 14399-4. The bigger diameter applies to the rivet.
3)
Tracing dimensions for bars and rolled steel sections as in 997.
4)
When two tracing dimensions for w1 are stated for a section, the greater one is used for screws for high-strength
connections (HV) as in DIN EN 14399-4.
)
* The values are not standardised. They have been taken from the booklet on "Stahlbau-Profile" (structural steel sections),
th
24 edition, by Verlag Stahleisen GmbH.
)
** Here the use of standardised screws for high-strength connections (HV) as in DIN EN 14399-4 is not possible.
Other sections:
- Narrow flange I-beams as in DIN 1025-1
- Wide flange I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBI (HE-A) as in DIN 1025-3
- Wide flange I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBv (HE-M) as in DIN 1025-4
- Zees with round edges as in DIN 1027
- Tee with radiused root as in DIN EN 10055
- Crane rails as in DIN 536-1
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10210-2
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10219-2
August 2005
Semi-finished products kept in stock SN 483
This list of semi-finished products kept in stock is updated only for new editions of the Standards Book. For this
reason the indication of availability from stock given in the STOR master data is relevant.
Parts whose stockkeeping will be discontinued are not stated in this standard.
Material Semi-finish. A Dimensions in mm

Section
Material number prod. as in G Weight in kg/m
A 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
S355J2 1) G 2,47 5,55 9,86 15,4 22,2 30,2 39,5 49,9 61,7 74,6 88,8
1.0577 A 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Dimension 16
G 104 121 139 158 178 200 223 247 also in S235JR
C60+N A 100 120 200

011.06 DIN EN G 61,7 88,8 247
10060
42CrMo4+QT A 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
1.7225
G 9,86 15,4 22,2 39,5 61,7 88,8 121 158 200 247
X20Cr13+QT800 A 50 65 100 130 160

Strength values as in SN 359
1.0421
G 15,1 25,5 60,5 102 155
18CrNiMo7-6+FP A 140 160 180 215

Dimensions
1.6587 correspond to
DIN G 121 158 200 285
forging
7527-6
S355J2 1) A 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 400 dimensions as in
1.0577 DIN 7527-6
G 298 355 417 483 555 631 713 799 986
E295+C A 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 25 30 40
1.0050+C
G 0,154 0,222 0,395 0,617 0,888 1,58 2,47 3,55 3,85 5,55 9,86
DIN EN
10278
A 50 55 70
E295+SH
Tolerance range h9
1.0050+SH
G 15,4 18,7 30,2
X5CrNi18-10 DIN EN A 0,9 2 1,4 mm also in St, galvanized

Wire Dimensions
1.4301* 10218 G 0,006 0,025 2 mm also in D9, annealed
A 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
S355J2 1) DIN EN G 3,14 4,91 7,07 12,6 19,6 28,3 38,5 50,2 63,6 78,5 95
1.0577 10059 A 120 130 2) 140 2)
G 113 133 154
A 5x5 6x6 8x7 10 x 8 12 x 8 14 x 14 16 x 10 20 x 12
G 0,196 0,283 0,44 0,628 0,754 1,54 1,26 1,88
C45+C DIN A 28 x 16 36 x 20 40 x 22 45 x 25 50 x 28 56 x 32 70 x 36 90 x 45
1.0503 6880 G 3,52 5,65 6,91 8,83 11 14,1 19,8 31,8
A 100 x 50
G 39,3
S235JR DIN EN A 20 x 3 30 x 3
1.0038 10 048 G 0,471 0,707
C 75 DIN EN A 0,1 x 200

1.0605 10140 G 0,157
* This material designation will be kept as search criterion in STOR.

Continued on pages 2 and 3
Page 2
SN 483 : 2005-08
Semi- A Dimensions in mm
Material
Section finish. prod.
Material number G Weight in kg/m, sheet/plate: weight in kg/m²
as in
A 30 x 6 30 x 10 30 x 20 40 x 5 40 x 8 40 x 10 40 x 15 40 x 20
G 1,41 2,36 4,71 1,57 2,51 3,14 4,71 6,28
A 40 x 25 50 x 5 50 x 8 50 x 10 50 x 15 50 x 20 50 x 25 60 x 5
G 7,85 1,96 3,14 3,93 5,89 7,85 9,81 2,36
A 60 x 8 60 x 10 60 x 12 60 x 15 60 x 20 60 x 25 60 x 30 60 x 40
G 3,77 4,71 5,65 7,07 9,42 11,8 14,1 18,8
S235JR DIN EN A 70 x 10 70 x 15 70 x 20 70 x 25 70 x 30 80 x 8 80 x 10 80 x 12
1.0038 10058 G 5,5 8,24 11 13,7 16,5 5,02 6,28 7,54
A 80 x 15 80 x 20 80 x 30 80 x 40 90 x 10 90 x 20 100 x 6 100 x 10
G 9,42 12,6 18,8 25,1 7,07 14,1 4,71 7,85
A 100 x 15 100 x 20 100 x 25 100 x 30 100 x 40 120 x 10 120 x 15 120 x 20
G 11,8 15,7 19,6 23,6 31,4 9,42 14,1 18,8
A 120 x 25 150 x 10 150 x 15 150 x 20
G 23,6 11,8 17,7 23,6
DC01+LC DIN EN A 0,5 1 1,5 2 It is recommended processing the products in steel DC01
1.0330 10131 G 3,9 7,85 11,8 15,7 within 6 weeks after their placing at disposal.
A 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30
S235JR 3) G 23,6 31,4 39,3 47,1 62,8 78,5 94,2 117,8 157 196 235,5
1.0038 A 40 45 50 60 70 80 150
DIN EN G 314 353,3 392,5 471 549,5 628 1177
10029
Class A A 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
S355J2 4) G 117,8 157 196 235,5 314 392,5 471 549,5 628 720 785
Plate
1.0577 A 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 200 210
G 863,5 942 1040 1099 1177 1280 1334 1413 1570 1648
CuZn37-R370 A 0,1 x 400 2) 0,15 x 400 2) 0,2 x 400 0,5 x 600 1 x 1000 2 x 1000
CW508L G 0,84 1,26 1,68 4,2 8,4 16,8
DIN EN
1652 A 0,7 1 2 Panel sizes
Cu-DHP-R240
CW024A Plate thickness 0,5 to 2 – 1000 x 2000
G 6,2 8,9 17,8 Plate thickness 3 to 4 – 1500 x 3000
Plate thickness 5 to 90 – 2000 x 6000
Al99,0-H12 DIN EN A 1 2
Plate thickness 100 to 140 – 2000 x 4000
EN AW-1200 485 G 2,7 5,4 Plate thickness 150 to 210 – 2000 x 3000
S235JR A T5 T8 T 10 Dimensions correspond to plate thickness without bulbs.

1.0038 Panel size 1500 x 3000
Bulb plate
DIN G 41,25 64,8 80,5

59220 A T5
Al
G 14,5
A 187 x 162 256 x 256 332 x 302

Cast iron for
hydr. comp.
EN-GJS-400-15
-
EN-JS 1030
G 247 478 732

Page 3
SN 483 : 2005-08
Semi- A Dimensions in mm
Material
Section finish. prod.
Material number G Weight in kg/m
as in
A 26,9 x 2,3 33,7 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 60,3 x 2,9 76,1 x 2,9
P235TR1 DIN EN G 1,4 1,99 2,55 2,93 4,11 5,24
1.0254 10216 A 88,9 x 3,2 114,3 x 3,6 139,7 x 4 168,3 x 4,5 219,1 x 6,3
G 6,76 9,83 13,4 18,2 33,1
A 6x1 8x1 8 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2,5
E235+N G 0,12 0,17 0,24 0,32 0,5 0,7 0,83
1.0308 DIN EN A 18 x 2 20 x 2,5 20 x 3 22 x 2 25 x 3 25 x 4 28 x 2
10305 G 0,8 1,1 1,26 1 1,65 2,1 1,28
A 30 x 4 30 x 5 35 x 2,5 38 x 3 38 x 5 38 x 6
G 2,6 3,1 2 2,6 4,06 4,74
A 6x1 8x1 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2,5 20 x 3 25 x 4
DIN EN G 0,12 0,18 0,32 0,5 0,85 1,28 2,1
ISO A 30 x 5 38 x 3 38 x 6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 48,3 x 8 60,3 x 2,9
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1127
1.4571 h* G 3,13 2,6 4,74 2,59 2,93 7,93 4,17
(DIN 2462) A 60,3 x 10 76,1 x 2,9 76,1 x 12,5 88,9 x 3,2 88,9 x 14,2 114,3 x 3,6
G 12,6 5,24 19,9 6,86 26,6 9,98
A 25 x 25 x 3 30 x 30 x 3 40 x 40 x 4 50 x 50 x 5 50 x 50 x 7
G 1,12 1,36 2,42 3,77 5,15
DIN EN
10056 A 60 x 60 x 6 60 x 60 x 8 70 x 70 x 7 80 x 80 x 8 80 x 80 x 10
G 5,42 7,09 7,38 9,63 11,9
equal-sided
A 100 x 100 x 12 150 x 150 x 12
G 17,8 27,3
S235JR A 75 x 55 x 7 120 x 80 x 12 130 x 65 x 10 150 x 100 x 12 200 x 100 x 10

DIN EN
1.0038 10056 G 6,8 17,8 14,6 22,5 22,8
A 200 x 100 x 12
unequal
G 27,3
DIN A 100 120 140 160 200

IPB
1025/2 G 20,4 26,7 33,7 42,6 61,3
DIN A 40 80 100 120 140 160 200

1026 G 4,87 8,64 10,6 13,4 16 18,8 25,3
1)
Material selection:
Whenever possible use has to be made of the stocked semi-finished products stated in this standard or of the materials
given in the SMS Demag selection of SN 359.
The designation "St" is permitted for steel components without particular strength requirements. In this case it is at the
maker's discretion to use semi-finished products such as sheet/plate, round material C22, E295+C or pipe/tube for
manufacture. Suitability for welding shall be taken into account.
When materials like S355 are indicated, the above procedure is used by analogy; the melting and treatment processes
can be freely chosen, but on condition that the tensile strength of the specified base material is achieved. Manufacture
from E295+C, S355J2, C35+N is possible.
2)
Cannot be ordered according to DIN.
3)
The stocked plates in S235JR have not undergone ultrasonic testing; when necessary, such testing of parts exposed to
high dynamic loads shall to be indicated in the drawings as follows: Ultrasonic testing as in DIN EN 10160, quality class
S2 / E2 with certificate of ultrasonic testing and inspection document as in DIN EN 10204-3.1.B or use of sheet/plate in
S355J2 instead.
4)
Stocked plates in S355J2 have been ultrasonically tested in accordance with DIN EN 10160, quality class S2/E2, with
certificate of ultrasonic testing and inspection document as in DIN EN 10204 - 3-1.B.
August 2005
Auxiliary and operating materials

carried in stock SN 531
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions
Designation Thick- Width Length Technical values Remark
ness
mm mm mm
Sealing material
AFIT-MULTI
Sealing plate, (nonstick coated) 1 Material: aramide fiber
For general sealing purposes.
or graphitised Oper. pressure: max. 100 bar
1500 1500 The material is suitable for solvents, gases,
Supplier: Fa. Kuhn+Kaiser Oper. temperature: max. 300 °C
hydrocarbonic materials, water and acids.
57339 Erndtebrück, 2 Density: 1,8 g/cm³
Germany
runn. Material: PTFE For sealing bolted joints on pipe lines
Sealing tape ≈ 0,1 12,5
meter Permissible temp.: - 100 °C to + 300 °C (e.g. used instead of hemp)
Permiss. pressure: up to ≈ 10 bar
2
runn. Permiss. temp.: up to ≈ + 80 °C
Flat rubber with canvas lining 1000 For sealing of uneven (unmachined) surfaces.
meter Hardness: 60 Shore A
3 Oil resistance: good
Material: neoprene
Soft rubber with skin on all runn. Permiss. temp.: up to ≈ + 70 °C
8 12 For use as wiper and for sealing purposes
sides meter Hardness: 15 Shore A
Oil resistance: good

High-temperature resistant insulating material
Permiss. temp.: up to +1260 °C
Ezeram ∅8 Resistant to: oil, steam, water, Used for sealing flaps, covers and
Round-twisted ceramic-fibre - - chemicals, liquid metal as insulating cord
cord ∅ 10 Particular feature: asbestos-free
Acrylic glass
2
Acrylic glass 4 Forming
1200 2000 Workable by sawing, drilling, grinding, etc.
(e.g. plexiglass) 6 temperature: + 130 °C to 150 °C
10
Sealing compound
Permiss. temp.: - 40 °C to +200 °C Sealing of gear-unit, machine and motor
Curil K2
Oil resistance: good housings, pumps, flanges, oil trays etc.
Fermit-Special Atoxic Used primarily for water lines
Cleaning materials
Nikutex 1459 Mixture of organic solvents
Supplier: Chem. Werke Kluthe GmbH Form and colour: liquid, colourless Machine cleaning agent
D-69115 Heidelberg, Germany Flash point: A II
Lubricants
For assembly and running in of machine
Fett-Micro-Gleit GP 350 Permiss. temp.: - 25 °C up to + 120 °C
elements, screws/bolts, pipe couplings,
slideways and guideways, plain and spherical
Colour: white
plain bearings, gear couplings
Air-hardening dry film lubricant;
MOLYKOTE spray D 321 Permiss. temp.: - 180 °C to + 450 °C For metal-to-metal connections at low to
Coefficient of friction: 0,075 medium speeds and high loads.
Supplier: Kistenpfennig AG Life-time lubrication of highly stressed slide-
57078 Siegen, Germany Colour: black-grey ways at low slide speeds, oscillating
movements or uninterrupted operation.
Permiss. temp.: - 40 °C to + 450 °C
MOLYKOTE Gn plus
Coefficient of friction: Assembly lubricant, reduces friction and wear.
- for screws: 0,09 Prevents seizing and metal-to-metal contact.
Supplier: Kistenpfennig AG
- at 40 m2/kg: 0,07 Reduces fretting corrosion.
57078 Siegen, Germany
Colour: black
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 531 : 2005-08
Designation Technical values Remark

Lubricants
MOLYKOTE Un Permissible A solid lubricant is left after evaporation of the
temperature: - 40 °C to + 450 °C carrier oil.
Supplier: Kistenpfennig AG Compatible with natural rubber and plastics.
57078 Siegen, Germany Colour: black Reduces fretting corrosion.
Molykote G-Rapid plus (Molyday spray can) Permiss. temp.: - 35 °C to + 450 °C
Solid lubricant paste Coefficient of friction: Solid lubricant with particularly low coefficient
- for screws: 0,10 of friction for assembly and running in of
Supplier: Kistenpfennig AG - crimped hose metallic machine components.
57078 Siegen, Germany end cover: 0,05
Grinding oil
Variocut G 600 SP
Adhesives acc. to SN 507
Loctite
Bonding of cylindrical joints, e.g. universal
Parts to be joined 75/AAV Permiss. temperature: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
joint shaft heads, bearings, etc.
Code No. 675
Loctite
Seals and securing of pipe couplings
Pipe sealant, extra strong AVX Permiss. temperature: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
> 16 bar
Code No. 586
Loctite
Bonding of wear plates.
Medium-strength bolt securing agent Permiss. temperature: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
Securing of threaded connections.
Code No. 243
Loctite
Instant adhesive IS 406 Permiss. temperature: - 50 °C to + 80 °C Bonding of neoprene rubber seals.
Code No. 406
OMNIFIT
Sealing and securing of pipe couplings and
Low-strength pipe sealant Permiss. temperature: - 60 °C to + 150 °C
threaded fittings ≤ 16 bar.
Code No. 50 H
Technicoll
Bonding of wear plates, sliding liners,
Epoxy resin/hardener Permiss. temperature: up to + 150 °C
nameplates, reinforcements, scales, etc.
8266 Part A / 8267 Part B
Hoses, except hoses as in SN 544 and SN 756
Hose Rubber Water etc.
Pressure 6 bar, temperature: + 50 °C
∅ 1/4“ (19/13); ∅ 1/2“ (29/19);
∅ 1“ (34/23)
PVC Compressed-air control systems etc.
Temperature: + 20 °C
Pressure 25 bar Pressure 14 bar
∅ 6 x 12 ∅ 12,5 x 18,5
∅ 8 x 14 ∅ 19 x 27
All products for which no suppliers are stated are available from technical dealers.
Further standards
SN 180-1 Operating materials; lubricant: grease
SN 180-2 Operating materials; lubricant: oil
SN 507 Metal bonding
August 2005
Standard pipe dimensions

from the pipe classes of SN 901 Chapter
10.1
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Steel pipes for systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 1,6 MPa (16 bar)
Pipe outside dia. Wall thickness Pipe inside dia. Sectional area Weight Standard, material,
Technical terms
of flow material number
of delivery
mm mm mm cm² kg / m (previous designation)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
16 2 12 1,13 0,69
DIN EN 10305-4
18 2 14 1,54 0,79
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 E235+N
1.0308
22 2 18 2,55 0,99 DIN EN 10305-4
(St 37.4 NBK)
25 3 19 2,84 1,63
NBK = normalised, bright-
28 2 24 4,52 1,28 annealed, cold-drawn
30 4 22 3,80 2,57
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11 DIN EN 10220

76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24 P235TR1+N DIN EN 10216-1
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76 1.0254
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83 (St 37.0)
139,7 4 131,7 136,23 13,4
168,3 4,5 159,3 199,31 18,2
219,1 4,5 210,1 346,69 23,8 DIN EN 10220
P235TR1+N
273 5 263 543,25 33,0 DIN EN 10217-1
1.0254
(St 37.0)
323,9 5,6 312,7 767,97 44,0
Stainless steel pipes for systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 1,6 MPa (16 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83
18 2 14 1,54 0,79 DIN EN ISO 1127
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (S)
22 2 18 2,55 0,99 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition CFA
1.4571
28 2 24 4,52 1,28
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93 DIN EN ISO 1127
DIN EN 10218-5
Seamless (S)
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11
76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24 Tolerance: D3/T3
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76 1.4571
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83
139,7 2,6 134,5 142,08 8,79 DIN EN ISO 1127
168,3 3 162,3 206,88 12,2 DIN EN 10217-7
Welded (w)
219,1 3 213,1 356,66 16,0 Tolerance: D2/T2
273 3 267 559,90 20,0 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition W1A
323,9 4 315,9 783,77 31,6 1.4571
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Chapter 10.1: 2005-08
Steel pipes for systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 25 MPa (250 bar)
Technical terms
of delivery
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
DIN EN 10305-4
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
16 2 12 1,13 0,69 E235+N
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 1.0308 DIN EN 10305-4
(St 37.4 NBK)
25 3 19 2,84 1,63
NBK = normalised, bright-
30 4 22 3,80 2,57 annealed, cold-drawn
38 5 28 6,16 4,07
48,3 6,3 35,7 10,01 6,53
60,3 8 44,3 15,41 10,3 DIN EN 10220
P355N
76,1 10 56,1 24,72 16,3 DIN EN 10216-3
1.0562
88,9 11 66,9 35,15 21,1 (St 52.4)
114,3 14,2 85,9 57,95 35,0
Stainless steel pipes for systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 25 MPa (250 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83 DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (S)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1.4571
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN EN 10216-5
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 Seamless (S)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 Tolerance: D2/T2
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 Delivery condition
1.4571 CFA or HFD
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
Steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 31,5 MPa (315 bar)
Technical terms
of delivery
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49 DIN EN 10305-4
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 E235+N DIN EN 10305-4
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 1.0308
30 5 20 3,14 3,08 (St 37.4 NBK)
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 DIN EN 10220
P355N
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 DIN EN 10216-3
1.0562
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 (St 52.4)
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
Stainless steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures of PN ≤ 31,5 MPa (315 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83 DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (S)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1.4571
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN EN 10216-5
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 Seamless (S)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 Tolerance: D2/T2
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 Delivery condition
1.4571 CFA or HFD
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
August 2005
Pipe couplings Chapter

Selection
10.2
Dimensions in mm
Selection of pipe couplings, adapted to pipe dimensions of the pipe classes as in SN 901
SN 751 SN 877
Straight male stud coupling
Reducing coupling with U-ring Rotary coupling
with U-ring
Welding cone GUV GUR SKV
coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
PN 1) union nut Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d1 d2 MPa d4 SN 751 – GUV... Weight SN 751 – GUR... d3 Weight SN 877 – SKV... Weight
G 1/4A 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,09 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,18
10x1,5 M18 x 1,5
31,5 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,11 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,26
G 3/8A
12x2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,12 12 x 2 G 1/4A G 1/4A 0,11 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,27
16x2 25,0 16 x 2 G 1/2A 16 x 2 G 3/8A 16 x 2 G 1/2A
G 1/2A M24 x 1,5 0,20 G 3/8A 0,17 0,57
16x2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A 16 x 2,5 G 3/8A 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A

20x2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A 20 x 2,5 G 1/2A 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A
G 3/4A M30 x 2 0,32 G 1/2A 0,30 0,82
20x3 31,5 20 x 3 G 3/4A 20 x 3 G 1/2A 20 x 3 G 3/4A
25x3 25,0 25 x 3 G1 A 25 x 3 G 3/4A 25 x 3 G1 A
G1 A M36 x 2 0,56 G 3/4A 0,54 1,18
25x4 31,5 25 x 4 G1 A 25 x 4 G 3/4A 25 x 4 G1 A
30x4 25,0 30 x 4 G1 1/4A 30 x 4 G1 A 30 x 4 G1 1/4A
G1 1/4A M42 x 2 0,78 G1 A 0,72 1,94
30x5 31,5 30 x 5 G1 1/4A 30 x 5 G1 A 30 x 5 G1 1/4A
38x3 1,6 38 x 3 G1 1/2A 38 x 3 G1 1/4A 38 x 3 G1 1/2A
38x5 G1 1/2A 25,0 M52 x 2 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 1,16 38 x 5 G1 1/4A G1 1/4A 1,10 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 3,45
38x6 31,5 38 x 6 G1 1/2A 38 x 6 G1 1/4A 38 x 6 G1 1/2A
SN 752
Straight weld-on coupling Straight coupling Equal T coupling Elbow coupling
GAV GV TV WV
Welding cone coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
d1 MPa d4 SN 752 – GAV... Weight SN 752 – GV... Weight SN 752 – TV... Weight SN 752 – WV... Weight
10 x 1,5 M 18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,08 10 x 1,5 0,14 10 x 1,5 0,22 10 x 1,5 0,15
31,5
12 x 2 M 20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,12 12 x 2 0,17 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,19
16 x 2 25,0 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2
M 24 x 1,5 0,18 0,29 0,49 0,33
16 x 2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5
M 30 x 2 0,30 0,47 0,74 0,51
20 x 3 31,5 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
25 x 3 25,0 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3
M 36 x 2 0,52 0,83 1,49 0,90
25 x 4 31,5 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4
30 x 4 25,0 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4
M 42 x 2 0,66 1,20 1,72 1,22
30 x 5 31,5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5
38 x 3 1,6 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3
38 x 5 25,0 M 52 x 2 38 x 5 1,10 38 x 5 1,67 38 x 5 2,70 38 x 5 1,88
38 x 6 31,5 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6

Page 2
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 732 SN 753
Straight bulkhead pipe Pressure test and vent
Elbow bulkhead coupling Pressure gauge coupling
coupling coupling
GSV WSV DEV MAV
Welding cone coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
d1 MPa d4 SN 732 – GSV... Weight SN 732 – WSV... Weight SN 753 – DEV... Weight SN 753 – MAV-S.. d3 Wght.
10 x 1,5 M18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,20 10 x 1,5 0,21 10 x 1,5 0,25 10 x 1,5 G 1/2A 0,14
31,5 G 1/2A
12 x 2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,27 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 G 1/2A 0,15
16 x 2 25,0 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 - - -
M24 x 1,5 0,40 0,44 0,38
16 x 2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 - - -
20 x 2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 - - -
M30 x 2 0,64 0,51 0,62
20 x 3 31,5 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 - - -
25 x 3 25,0 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 - - -
M36 x 2 1,05 0,90 0,89
25 x 4 31,5 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 - - -
30 x 4 25,0 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 - - -
M42 x 2 1,33 1,22 1,11
30 x 5 31,5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 - - -
38 x 3 1,6 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 - - -
38 x 5 25,0 M52 x 2 38 x 5 2,15 38 x 5 1,88 38 x 5 1,73 - - -
38 x 6 31,5 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 - - -
SN 807 Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
Welding cone Pertaining O-rings continued Pertaining O-rings
AK SN 807 – AK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ... SN 807 – AK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ...
10 x 1,5 10 7 0,02 7,5 x 1,5 25 x 4 25 17 0,11 20,3 x 2,4
12 x 2 12 8 0,02 9 x 1,5 30 x 4 22 0,14
30 25,3 x 2,4
16 x 2 12 0,03 30 x 5 20 0,17
16 12 x 2
16 x 2,5 11 0,04 38 x 3 32 0,22
20 x 2,5 15 0,06 38 x 5 38 28 0,25 33,3 x 2,4
20 16,3 x 2,4
20 x 3 14 0,06 38 x 6 26 0,28
25 x 3 25 19 0,09 20,3 x 2,4 - - - - -
SN 807 Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
Reducing welding cone Pertaining O-rings continued Pertaining O-rings
ARK SN 807 – ARK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ... SN 807 – ARK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 – ...
12/10 x 1,5 0,02 9 x 1,5 30/16 x 2,5 16 11
10 7
16/10 x 1,5 0,03 30/20 x 2,5 15 0,17
12 x 2 20
16/12 x 2 12 8 0,04 30/20 x 3 14 25,3 x 2,4
20/10 x 1,5 10 7 30/25 x 3 19
25 0,16
20/12 x 2 12 8 0,07 30/25 x 4 17
16,3 x 2,4
20/16 x 2 12 38/10 x 1,5 10 7
16 0,32
20/16 x 2,5 11 0,08 38/12 x 2 12 8
25/10 x 1,5 10 7 0,13 38/16 x 2 12
16
25/12 x 2 12 8 0,15 38/16 x 2,5 11
0,28
25/16 x 2 12 38/20 x 2,5 15
16 20,3 x 2,4 20 33,4 x 2,4
25/16 x 2,5 11 0,11 38/20 x 3 14
25/20 x 2,5 15 38/25 x 3 19
20 25 0,27
25/20 x 3 14 0,12 38/25 x 4 17
30/10 x 1,5 10 7 38/30 x 4 22
0,22 30 0,26
30/12 x 2 12 8 25,3 x 2,4 38/30 x 5 20
30/16 x 2 16 12 0,17 - - - - -

Page 3
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 887 SN 880 SN 718

Angular pipe coupling Straight intermediate socket with sealing cone Double nipple
WS GZ DU
Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)

Thread of Thread of
PN 1) union nut PN 1) union nut PN
MPa SN 887-WS… d1 d4 Wght. MPa SN 880-GZ… d1 d4 L1 Wght. MPa SN 811-VK… i l SW Wght.
10 x 1,5 10 M 18 x 1,5 0,09 10 – S 10 M 18 x 1,5 35 0,07 G 1/4 A 19 0,06
31,5 63,0 12 40
12 x 2 12 M 20 x 1,5 0,15 12 – S 12 M 20 x 1,5 38 0,10 G 3/8 A 22 0,08
25,0 16 x 2 16 – S 16 M 24 x 1,5 42 0,17 G 1/2 A 14 50 27 0,15
16 M 24 x 1,5 0,18
40,0 16 x 2,5 20 – S 20 M 30 x 2 48 0,26 40,0 G 3/4 A 16 55 32 0,26
40,0
25,0 20 x 2,5 25 – S 25 M 36 x 2 53 0,48 G1 A 18 60 41 0,40
20 M 30 x 2 0,26
31,5 20 x 3 30 – S 30 M 42 x 2 62 0,61 G 1 1/4 A 20 65 50 0,52
25,0 25 x 3 31,5 38 – S 38 M 52 x 2 67 0,83 G 1 1/2 A 22 70 55 0,77
25 M 36 x 2 0,51
31,5 25 x 4 10 – L 10 M 16 x 1,5 34 0,05 - - - - - -
30 x 4 31,5 12 – L 12 M 18 x 1,5 34 0,07 - - - - - -
25,0 30 M 42 x 2 0,69
30 x 5 18 – L 18 M 26 x 1,5 38 0,17 - - - - - -
38 x 5 22 – L 22 M 30 x 2 44 0,24 - - - - - -
25,0 38 M 52 x 2 1,06
38 x 6 28 – L 28 M 36 x 2 48 0,32 - - - - - -
16,0
- - - - - 35 – L 35 M 45 x 2 52 0,45 - - - - - -
- - - - - 42 – L 42 M 52 x 2 57 0,74 - - - - - -
SN 888 WALFORM
The WALFORM process is used to shape a pipe end in such a way that it only has to be provided with a soft seal (SN 881)
and then can be assembled with any 24° coupling (DIN EN ISO 8434-1, SN 883 and others).
Design notes
- WALFORM can be used with any 24° coupling.
- In the bills of materials only compression ferrule pipe couplings of series S should be specified.
- It is necessary to keep minimum pipe lengths for clamping and shaping.
- At the moment only the shaping of pipes having the dimensions of series S is possible; tools for other dimensions are not
available in the workshop.
- Frequent use shall be made of couplings such as pipe reducers (SN 882) or elbow couplings (SN 884).
- Use shall be made only of pipes as in DIN EN 10305-4 made of E235+N and with the tolerances as in DIN EN 10305-4.
- Use shall be made only of pipes as in DIN EN ISO 1127 (seamless) made of material X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571) and with
the tolerances D4/T3 as in DIN EN 10216-5.

Page 4
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 883 SN 882
Straight male stud coupling with profile packing Tapered pipe reducer with sealing cone
GE-R-ED RED
Compression ferrule
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread of Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)

PN 1) union nut O-ring
d1 MPa d4 SN 883 – GE ... d2 Weight SN 882 – RED ... d2 Weight SN 430 -...
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 – SR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 - - - -
8 M 16 x 1,5 8 – SR – ED G 1/4A 0,06 - - - -
10 – SR – ED G 3/8A 0,09 - - - -
10 63,0 M 18 x 1,5
10 – S/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,07 10/ 8 – S 0,08 7,5 x 1,5
8
12 – SR – ED G 3/8A 0,10 12/ 8 – S 0,09
12 M 20 x 1,5 9 x 1,5
12 – S/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,09 12/10 – S 10 0,11
16 – SR – ED G 1/2A 0,16 16/ 8 – S 8 0,15
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S/R 3/8 – ED G 3/8A 0,15 16/10 – S 10 0,15 12 x 2
- - - 16/12 – S 12 0,16
20 – SR – ED G 3/4A 0,26 20/10 – S 10 0,21
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S/R 1/2 – ED G 1/2A 0,25 20/12 – S 12 0,21 16,3 x 2,4
- - - 20/16 – S 16 0,26
25 – SR – ED G1 A 0,49 25/10 – S 10 0,33
40,0
25 – S/R 3/4 – ED G 3/4A 0,46 25/12 – S 12 0,33
25 M 36 x 2 20,3 x 2,4
- - - 25/16 – S 16 0,37
- - - 25/20 – S 20 0,44
30 – SR – ED G1 1/4A 0,66 30/12 – S 12 0,44
30 – S/R1 – ED G1 A 0,60 30/16 – S 16 0,49
30 M 42 x 2 25,3 x 2,4
- - - 30/20 – S 20 0,54
- - - 30/25 – S 25 0,67
38 – SR – ED G1 1/2A 0,90 38/16 – S 16 0,77
38 – S/R1 1/4 – ED G1 1/4A 0,90 38/20 – S 20 0,81
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 33,3 x 2,4
- - - 38/25 – S 25 0,85
- - - 38/30 – S 30 0,88
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 – LR – ED G 1/8A 0,02 - - - -
8 M 14 x 1,5 8 – LR – ED G 1/4A 0,04 - - - -
10 M 16 x 1,5 10 – LR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 - - - -
31,5 12 – LR – ED G 3/8A 0,07 - - - -
12 M 18 x 1,5
12 – L/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,06 12/10 – L 10 0,07 9 x 1,5
18 – LR – ED G 1/2A 0,14 18/10 – L 12 0,13
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 x 1,5
18 – L/R 3/8 – ED G 3/8A 0,13 18/12 – L 12 0,17
22 – LR – ED G 3/4A 0,19 22/10 – L 10 0,18
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L/R 1/2 – ED G 1/2A 0,18 22/12 – L 12 0,19 20 x 2
- - - 22/18 – L 18 0,24
28 – LR – ED G1 A 0,27 28/10 – L 10 0,30
28 – L/R 3/4 – ED G 3/4A 0,27 28/12 – L 12 0,31
28 M 36 x 2 26 x 2
- - - 28/18 – L 18 0,38
16,0 - - - 28/22 – L 22 0,39
35 – LR – ED G1 1/4A 0,43 35/18 – L 18 0,39
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L/R1 – ED G1 A 0,41 35/22 – L 22 0,42 32 x 2,5
- - - 35/28 – L 28 0,43
42 – LR – ED G1 1/2A 0,58 42/22 – L 22 0,67
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L/R1 1/4 – ED G1 1/4A 0,57 42/28 – L 28 0,68 38 x 2,5
- - - 42/35 – L 35 0,70

Page 5
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 517
Straight bulkhead pipe coupling Angular bulkhead coupling Weld-in bulkhead coupling
SV WSV ESV
Compression ferrule
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of
d1 MPa d4 SN 517 – SV ... Weight SN 517 – WSV ... Weight SN 517 – ESV ... d8 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 0,10 6–S 0,11 6–S 20 0,17
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 0,13 8–S 0,14 8–S 22 0,21
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 0,18 10 – S 0,20 10 – S 25 0,27
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 0,22 12 – S 0,23 12 – S 28 0,32
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 0,34 16 – S 0,39 16 – S 35 0,58
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 0,57 20 – S 0,61 20 – S 38 0,74
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 0,92 25 – S 1,05 25 – S 45 1,15
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 1,11 30 – S 1,36 30 – S 50 1,35
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 1,81 38 – S 2,06 38 – S 60 1,97
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 0,06 6–L 0,07 6–L 18 0,13
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,10 8–L 20 0,16
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 0,11 10 – L 0,12 10 – L 22 0,18
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,15 12 – L 25 0,23
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 0,33 18 – L 0,37 18 – L 32 0,47
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 0,43 22 – L 0,49 22 – L 36 0,57
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 0,57 28 – L 0,68 28 – L 40 0,65
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 0,86 35 – L 1,04 30 – L 50 1,03
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 1,24 42 – L 1,51 42 – L 60 1,48
SN 884
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
T-connecting branches 45° angle connection sockets elbow couplings
Compression ferrule ET EV EW
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of
PN 1) union nut O-ring Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d1 MPa d4 SN 430 - ... SN 884 – ET ... Weight SN 884 – EV ... Weight SN 884 – EW ... Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 4 x 1,5 6–S 0,10 6–S 0,06 6–S 0,06
8 M 16 x 1,5 6 x 1,5 8–S 0,12 8–S 0,08 8–S 0,08
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 7,5 x 1,5 10 – S 0,17 10 – S 0,12 10 – S 0,12
12 M 20 x 1,5 9 x 1,5 12 – S 0,21 12 – S 0,14 12 – S 0,14
16 M 24 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 – S 0,38 16 – S 0,26 16 – S 0,26
20 M 30 x 2 16,3 x 2,4 20 – S 0,58 20 – S 0,41 20 – S 0,41
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 20,3 x 2,4 25 – S 1,07 25 – S 0,75 25 – S 0,75
30 M 42 x 2 25,3 x 2,4 30 – S 1,36 30 – S 0,96 30 – S 0,96
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 33,3 x 2,4 38 – S 2,06 38 – S 1,43 38 – S 1,43
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 x 1,5 6–L 0,06 6–L 0,04 6–L 0,04
8 M 24 x 1,5 6 x 1,5 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,06 8–L 0,06
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 7,5 x 1,5 10 – L 0,11 10 – L 0,07 10 – L 0,07
12 M 18 x 1,5 9 x 1,5 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,10 12 – L 0,10
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 x 2 18 – L 0,34 18 – L 0,24 18 – L 0,24
22 M 30 x 2 20 x 2 22 – L 0,45 22 – L 0,33 22 – L 0,33
28 M 36 x 2 26 x 2 28 – L 0,66 28 – L 0,49 28 – L 0,49
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 32 x 2,5 35 – L 0,97 35 – L 0,69 35 – L 0,69
42 M 52 x 2 38 x 2,5 42 – L 1,46 42 – L 1,08 42 – L 1,08

Page 6
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 788
Straight male stud coupling with metric thread Straight male coupling with NPT-thread
Compression ferrule GE – M – ED GE – NPT
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
PN 1) union nut
d1 MPa d4 SN 788 – GE ... d2 Weight SN 788 – GE ... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 – SM – ED M 12 x 1,5 0,05 6 – S / 1/4 NPT
1/4 – 18 NPT 0,06
8 M 16 x 1,5 8 – SM – ED M 14 x 1,5 0,06 8 – S / 1/4 NPT
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – SM – ED M 16 x 1,5 0,09 10 – S / 3/8 NPT 0,08
3/8 – 18 NPT
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – SM – ED M 18 x 1,5 0,11 12 – S / 3/8 NPT 0,10
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – SM – ED M 22 x 1,5 0,17 16 – S / 1/2 NPT 1/2 – 14 NPT 0,17
20 M 30 x 2 20 – SM – ED M 27 x 2 0,26 20 – S / 3/4 NPT 3/4 – 14 NPT 0,26
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – SM – ED M 33 x 2 0,48 25 – S / 1 NPT 1 – 11,5 NPT 0,49
30 M 42 x 2 30 – SM – ED M 42 x 2 0,66 30 – S / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 – 11,5 NPT 0,64
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – SM – ED M 48 x 2 0,93 38 – S / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 – 11,5 NPT 0,93
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 – LM – ED M 10 x 1 0,03 6 – L / 1/8 NPT 1/8 – 27 NPT 0,02
8 M 14 x 1,5 8 – LM – ED M 12 x 1,5 0,04 8 – L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 – 18 NPT 0,04
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – LM – ED M 14 x 1,5 0,05 10 – L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 – 18 NPT 0,05
22 M 30 x 2 22 – LM – ED M 26 x 1,5 0,19 22 – L / 3/4 NPT 3/4 – 14 NPT 0,20
28 M 36 x 2 28 – LM – ED M 33 x 2 0,27 28 – L / 1 NPT 1 – 11,5 NPT 0,38
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – LM – ED M 42 x 2 0,44 35 – L / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 – 11,5 NPT 0,46
42 M 52 x 2 42 – LM – ED M 48 x 2 0,60 42 – L / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 – 11,5 NPT 0,62
SN 832
Straight coupling Elbow coupling T pipe coupling
G W T
Compression ferrule
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
PN 1) union nut
d1 MPa d4 SN 832 – G... Weight SN 832 – W... Weight SN 832 – T... Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 0,06 6–S 0,09 6–S 0,12
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 0,08 8–S 0,12 8–S 0,13
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 0,11 10 – S 0,16 10 – S 0,19
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 0,14 12 – S 0,21 12 – S 0,22
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 0,23 16 – S 0,28 16 – S 0,40
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 0,37 20 – S 0,42 20 – S 0,60
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 0,68 25 – S 0,79 25 – S 1,11
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 0,81 30 – S 1,02 30 – S 1,40
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 1,27 38 – S 1,59 38 – S 2,17
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 0,04 6–L 0,05 6–L 0,07
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 0,05 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,10
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 0,07 10 – L 0,10 10 – L 0,11
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 0,09 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,14
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 0,20 18 – L 0,25 18 – L 0,36
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 0,27 22 – L 0,33 22 – L 0,46
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 0,33 28 – L 0,45 28 – L 0,61
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 0,52 35 – L 0,71 35 – L 0,95
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 0,78 42 – L 1,09 42 – L 1,41

Page 7
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 789 SN 878 SN 865

Weld-on pipe coupling Straight male studs with sealing cones Adjustable male stud elbow coupling
AS EGE – R – ED WH
Compression ferrule
pipe coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
PN 1) union nut PN 1)
d1 MPa d4 SN 789 – AS ... d2 Weight SN 878 – EGE ... d2 Weight MPa SN 865 – WH... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 11 0,04 6 SR – ED 0,05 6 SR – KDS
G 1/4A G 1/4 A 0,13
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 13 0,05 8 SR – ED 0,06 8 SR – KDS
63,0 40,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 15 0,07 10 SR – ED 0,09 10 SR – KDS 0,22
G 3/8A G 3/8 A
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 17 0,09 12 SR – ED 0,10 12 SR – KDS 0,23
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 21 0,15 16 SR – ED G 1/2A 0,17 16 SR – KDS G 1/2 A 0,39
31,5
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 26 0,24 20 SR – ED G 3/4A 0,27 20 SR – KDS G 3/4 A 0,70
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 31 0,44 25 SR – ED G1 A 0,49 25,0 25 SR – KDS G1 A 1,29
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 36 0,54 30 SR – ED G1 1/4A 0,69 30 SR – KDS G1 1/4 A 1,80
16,0
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 44 0,79 38 SR – ED G1 1/2A 0,93 38 SR – KDS G1 1/2 A 2,66
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 10 0,02 6 LR – ED G 1/8A 6 LR – KDS G 1/8 A 0,06
0,03
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 12 0,03 8 LR – ED G 1/4A 8 LR – KDS
G 1/4 A 0,12
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 14 0,04 10 LR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 31,5 10 LR – KDS
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 16 0,05 12 LR – ED G 3/8A 0,10 12 LR – KDS G 3/8 A 0,21
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 22 0,13 18 LR – ED G 1/2A 0,14 18 LR – KDS G 1/2 A 0,39
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 27 0,18 22 LR – ED G 3/4A 0,20 22 LR – KDS G 3/4 A 0,67
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 32 0,27 28 LR – ED G1 A 0,29 28 LR – KDS G1 A 1,13
16,0 16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 40 0,39 35 LR – ED G1 1/4A 0,50 35 LR – KDS G1 1/4 A 1,66
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 46 0,56 42 LR – ED G1 1/2A 0,72 42 LR – KDS G1 1/2 A 2,43
SN 455 SN 591
Socket type pipe reducer for high and low-pressure hoselines
RI
Screwed plug > female thread Screwed plug < female thread
PN PN
MPa SN 455 – RI ... d1 d2 Weight MPa SN 591 – RI ... d1 d2 Weight
1/4 – ED x 1/8 G 1/4A 1/8 – ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,04
G 1/8A 0,04 G 1/8A
3/8 – ED x 1/8 1/8 – ED x 3/8 0,06
G 3/8A G 3/8A
63,0 3/8 – ED x 1/4 0,07 1/4 – ED x 3/8 0,07
G 1/4A 63,0
1/2 – ED x 1/4 0,06 1/4 – ED x 1/2 G 1/4A G 1/2A 0,12
G 1/2A
1/2 – ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,09 1/4 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,17
3/4 – ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,10 3/8 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,13
G 3/8A
3/4 – ED x 3/8 G 3/4A G 3/8A 0,09 3/8 – ED x 3/4 0,18
G 3/4A
3/4 – ED x 1/2 0,14 1/2 – ED x 3/4 0,18
G 1/2A
1 – ED x 1/2 0,20 1/2 – ED x 1 G 1/2A G1 A 0,22
40,0
1 – ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,18 1/2 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,48
40,0 G1 A
1 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,16 3/4 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,24
1 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,27 3/4 – ED x 1 1/4 G 3/4A G1 1/4A 0,48
1 1/4 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,31 31,5 3/4 – ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/2A 0,56
1 1/4 – ED x 3/4 G1 1/4A G 3/4A 0,27 40,0 1 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,50
G1 A
1 1/4 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,46 1 – ED x 1 1/2 0,59
31,5 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,47 1 1/4 – ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/4A 0,62
1 1/2 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,40 - - - - -
31,5 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,34 - - - - -
1 1/2 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,54 - - - - -
25,0 2 – ED x 1 1/2 G2 A G1 1/2A 0,99 - - - - -

Page 8
Chapter 10.2 : 2005-08
SN 811 DIN 3869 SN 881

Plug cone Profile sealing ring WALFORM soft seal
VK WF-WD

PN Nominal for pipe
MPa SN 811-VK ... d l Weight size thread d1 d2 h1 h2 WF-WD… d Weight
6 6 10 G 1/8 A 8,4 11,9 1,0 0,5 10 10
25
8 8 0,01 14 G 1/4 A 11,6 16,5 1,5 0,8 12 12
63,0
10 10 17 G 3/8 A 14,7 18,9 1,5 0,8 16 16
18
12 12 0,02 21 G 1/2 A 18,5 23,9 1,5 0,8 16 16
16 16 20 0,03 27 G 3/4 A 23,9 29,2 1,5 0,8 20 20
20 20 22 0,06 33 G1 A 29,7 35,7 2,0 1,0 20 20
40,0
25 25 24 0,10 42 G1 1/4 A 38,8 45,8 2,0 1,0 25 25 0,001
30 30 26 0,15 48 G1 1/2 A 44,7 50,7 2,0 1,0 25 25
31,5 38 38 28 0,26 - - - - - - 30 30
31,5 18 18 21 0,05 - - - - - - 30 30
22 22 23 0,08 - - - - - - 38 38
28 28 25 0,13 - - - - - - 38 38
16,0
35 35 27 0,22 - - - - - - 38 38
42 42 29 0,33 - - - - - - - - -
DIN 3861 SN 862 SN 555

Weld-on pipe coupling with sealing cone
Compression ring Shut-off valve for low pressure (PN ≤ 1,0 MPa)
(PN ≤ 4,0 MPa)
B K V
with valve open
SW

SW
DIN 3861-… d Weight SN 862 - K … d1 l SW Weight SN 555 - V… d h l Hexagon Octagon Weight
BS 6 6 17,2 x 2 17,2 40 27 0,08 6 G 1/4 55 50 18 - 0,12
0,002
BS 8 8 21,3 x 2 21,3 48 32 0,11 10 G 3/8 21 - 0,20
65 65
BS 10 10 26,9 x 2 26,9 55 41 0,19 16 G 1/2 27 - 0,24
0,003
BS 12 12 33,7 x 2 33,7 62 50 0,32 20 G 3/4 75 75 32 - 0,36
BS 16 16 0,006 42,4 x 2 42,4 68 60 0,42 25 G 1 95 90 41 - 0,65
BS 20 20 0,011 48,3 x 2 48,3 75 70 0,75 32 G 1 1/4 115 110 - 50 1,04
BS 25 25 0,013 60,3 x 2 60,3 80 85 0,91 40 G 1 1/2 130 120 - 55 1,38
BS 30 30 0,018 76,1 x 2 76,1 90 100 1,40 50 G 2 145 150 - 70 2,32
BS 38 38,3 0,022 88,9 x 2 88,9 100 120 2,32 - - - - - - -
BL 18 18 0,006 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 22 22 0,007 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 28 28 0,009 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 35 35,3 0,019 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 42 42,3 0,022 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1)
MPa refers to the permissible nominal pressure of the complete coupling
August 2005
Flanges Welding fittings Chapter

Selection
10.3
Dimensions in mm
SAE flanges with welding collars as in SN 532
LAA
L LBLB
A A
outside dia
inside dia
outside dia
inside dia
T
Flanged connection, type A Flange-type coupling, type B
3000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)

Screw Nut O-ring
PN Pipe connection
ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
MPa Outs. dia. Ins. dia.
max. max. max. Type A Type B 8 NBR
A 1/2“-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
20 14 17,5 38,1 30 60 24,3 M 8x25 M 8x40 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2“-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
A 3/4“-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St

30 20 22,3 47,6 35 70 32,2 M 10x40 24,99x3,53
B 3/4“-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St
25,0 M 10x30
A 1 “-3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
38 28 26,2 52,4 40 80 38,5 M 10 32,92x3,53
B 1 “-3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
M 10x45
A 1 1/4“-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
42,4 33 30,2 58,7 45 90 43,7 M 10x35 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4“-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
A 1 1/2“-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
48,3 42 35,7 69,9 50 100 50,8 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2“-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
20,0 M 12x35 M 12x50
A 2 “-3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
60,3 52 42,9 77,8 60 120 62,8 M 12 56,74x3,53
B 2 “-3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
A 2 1/2“-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
16,0 76,1 65 50,8 88,9 70 140 74,9 M 12x40 M 12x60 69,44x3,53
B 2 1/2“-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
A 3 “-3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
10,0 88,9 81 61,9 106,4 80 160 90,9 M 16x45 M 16x70 85,32x3,53
B 3 “-3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
A 4 “-3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
114,3 106 77,8 130,2 80 160 115,0 M 16 110,72x3,53
B 4 “-3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
2,5 M 16x50 M 16x80
A 5 “-3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
139,7 132 92,1 152,4 80 160 140,5 136,12x3,53
B 5 “-3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
6000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)
Screw Nut O-ring
PN Pipe connection
ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
MPa Outs. dia. Ins. dia.
max. max. max. Type A Type B 8 NBR
A 1/2“-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
20 14 18,2 40,5 40 80 24,6 M 8x 30 M 8x 45 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2“-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
A 3/4“-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
30 20 23,8 50,8 45 90 32,5 M 10x 35 M 10x 50 M 10 24,99x3,53
B 3/4“-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
A 1 “-6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
38 28 27,8 57,2 50 100 38,8 M 12x 40 M 12x 65 M 12 32,92x3,53
B 1 “-6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
40,0
A 1 1/4“-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
42,4 33 31,8 66,7 55 110 44,5 M 14x 45 M 14x 70 M 14 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4“-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
A 1 1/2“-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
48,3 42 36,5 79,4 60 120 51,6 M 16x 50 M 16x 80 M 16 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2“-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
A 2 “-6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
60,3 52 44,5 96,8 70 140 67,6 M 20x 60 M 20x100 M 20 56,74x3,53
B 2 “-6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
A 2 1/2“-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
88,9 65 58,7 123,8 75 150 89,5 M 24x 80 M 24x120 M 24 85,32x3,53
B 2 1/2“-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
32,0
A 3 “-6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
114,3 81 71,4 152,4 80 160 114,5 M 30x100 M 30x140 M 30 110,72x3,53
B 3 “-6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
1)
Other pipe sizes and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standard taking into account
the pipe sizes and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
Continued on pages 2 and 3
Page 2
Chapter 10.3 : 2005-08
Flanges for low-pressure lines up to PN 16 bar
Flange Weight
DN d1 b h s D k DIN EN 1092-1...
DIN EN 1092-1 kg/unit
Type 11 32 42,4 42 140 100 11 B1 32 / PN 40 / 42,4 x 2,6 – S235JR 1,69
18 2,6
40 48,3 45 150 110 11 B1 40 / PN 40 / 48,3 x 2,6 – S235JR 1,86
50 60,3 165 125 11 B1 50 / PN 16 / 60,3 x 2,9 – S235JR 2,53
18 45 2,9
65 76,1 185 145 11 B1 65 / PN 16 / 76,1 x 2,9 – S235JR 3,06
80 88,9 50 3,2 200 160 11 B1 80 / PN 16 / 88,9 x 3,2 – S235JR 3,70
20
100 114,3 52 3,6 220 180 11 B1 100 / PN 16 / 114,3 x 3,6 – S235JR 4,62
125 139,7 4,0 250 210 11 B1 125 / PN 16 / 139,7 x 4,0 – S235JR 6,30
22 55
150 168,3 4,5 285 240 11 B1 150 / PN 16 / 168,3 x 4,5 – S235JR 7,75
200 219,1 24 62 5,9 340 295 11 B1 200 / PN 16 / 219,1 x 4,5 – S235JR 11,00
Flange Weight
DN - b - - D k DIN EN 1092-1...
DIN EN 1092-1 kg/unit
Type 05 32 - - - 140 100 05 A 32 / PN 40 – S235JR 1,80
18
40 - - - 150 110 05 A 40 / PN 40 – S235JR 2,09
50 - - - 165 125 05 A 50 / PN 16 – S235JR 2,88
18
65 - - - 185 145 05 A 65 / PN 16 – S235JR 3,70
80 - - - 200 160 05 A 80 / PN 16 – S235JR 4,83
20
100 - - - 220 180 05 A 100 / PN 16 – S235JR 5,75
125 - - - 250 210 05 A 125 / PN 16 – S235JR 8,59
22
150 - - - 285 240 05 A 150 / PN 16 – S235JR 10,60
200 - 24 - - 340 295 05 A 200 / PN 16 – S235JR 16,50
Pertaining bolts, nuts and seals to be separately specified in conjunction with flanges acc. to PN 16 for machine
piping
Screws Nut Gaskets
DN for flange ISO 4032 DIN EN 1514-1
Quantity
connection coupling 8 galvanised Material: NP 815
32 IBC- 32 PN 40-2 Flange
connection
40 4 IBC- 40 PN 40-2
M 16 x 60
50 IBC- 50 PN 40-2
M 16 x 40
65 4 M 16 IBC- 65 PN 40-2
ISO 4017 ISO 4017
80 IBC- 80 PN 40-2
8.8 galvanised 8.8 galvanised
100 M 16 x 65 IBC-100 PN 16-2 Flange
8 coupling
125 M 16 x 45 IBC-125 PN 16-2
150 M 20 x 45 IBC-150 PN 16-2

M 20 x 70 M 20
200 12 M 20 x 50 IBC-200 PN 16-2
Arrangement of bolt holes acc. to DIN 2501 or DIN EN 1092-1
Every flange is provided with a number of bolt holes that can be divided by four. On pipelines and fittings the bolt holes shall
be arranged symmetrically to the two main axes and shall not lie on these axes.
At DN65 = number of bolt holes is 4 corresponds to old DIN 2633 contrary to DIN EN 1092-1.
Page 3
Chapter 10.3 : 2005-08
Butt welding fittings for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar

Welding elbow 2) Weight
DN d1 s r - - - DIN 2605-...
DIN 2605-1 kg / unit
32 42,4 48 - - - 90 - 3- 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,19
2,6
40 48,3 57 - - - 90 - 3- 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,26
50 60,3 76 - - - 90 - 3- 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,49
2,9
65 76,1 95 - - - 90 - 3- 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,79
80 88,9 3,2 114 - - - 90 - 3- 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 1,22
100 114,3 3,6 152 - - - 90 - 3- 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 2,35
125 139,7 4,0 190 - - - 90 - 3- 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 4,01
150 168,3 4,5 229 - - - 90 - 3- 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 6,52
200 219,1 4,5 305 - - - 90 - 3- 219,1 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 15,80
T-piece Weight
DN d1 s - - a b DIN 2615-...
32 42,4 - - 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 - - 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,69
50 60,3 - - 64 64 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 - - 76 76 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 1,68
80 88,9 3,2 - - 86 86 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 - - 105 105 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 4,00
125 139,7 4,0 - - 124 124 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 6,90
150 168,3 4,5 - - 143 143 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 10,70
200 219,1 4,5 - - 178 178 219,1 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 18,30
Reducing tee Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 a b DIN 2615-...
32 42,4 33,7 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 – 33,7 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 – 42,4 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,69
50 60,3 48,3 64 60 60,3 x 2,9 – 48,3 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 76 70 76,1 x 2,9 – 60,3 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 1,68
2,9
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 86 83 88,9 x 3,2 – 76,1 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 105 98 114,3 x 3,6 – 88,9 x 3,2 - P235TR1+N 4,00
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 124 117 139,7 x 4,0 – 114,3 x 3,6 - P235TR1+N 6,90
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 143 137 168,3 x 4,5 – 139,7 x 4,0 - P235TR1+N 10,70
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 178 168 219,1 x 4,5 – 168,3 x 4,5 - P235TR1+N 18,30
Pipe reducer Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 l - DIN 2616-...
Type K 32 42,4 33,7 50 - K 42,4 x 2,6 – 33,7 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,15
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 64 - K 48,3 x 2,6 – 42,4 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,18
50 60,3 48,3 76 - K 60,3 x 2,9 – 48,3 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,30
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 - K 76,1 x 2,9 – 60,3 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 0,40
2,9 90
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 - K 88,9 x 3,2 – 76,1 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 0,56
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 100 - K114,3 x 3,6 – 88,9 x 3,2 - P235TR1+N 0,95
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 127 - K139,7 x 4,0 – 114,3 x 3,6 - P235TR1+N 1,60
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 140 - K168,3 x 4,5 – 139,7 x 4,0 - P235TR1+N 2,50
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 152 - K219,1 x 4,5 – 168,3 x 4,5 - P235TR1+N 4,30
Cap Weight
DN d1 s h - - - DIN 2617-...
DIN 2617 kg / unit
32 42,4 - - - 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,13
2,6
40 48,3 - - - 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,20
38
50 60,3 - - - 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,28
2,9
65 76,1 - - - 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,34
80 88,9 3,2 51 - - - 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 0,53
100 114,3 3,6 64 - - - 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 1,00
125 139,7 4,0 76 - - - 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 1,70
150 168,3 4,5 89 - - - 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 2,65
200 acc. to DIN 28011 on torospherical dished ends
Other wall thicknesses and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standards taking into
account the wall thicknesses and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
2)
For cost-effective manufacture of pipelines, the bending of pipes shall be preferred to the welding-in of elbows,
see SN 740.
August 2005
Chapter
Pipe fasteners
10.4
Dimensions in mm
Pipe fasteners for low-pressure lines
Pipe clips Spacers Pipe clips Spacers
DIN 1592 SN 428 DIN 1593 SN 428
Pipe
outside
dia.
Pertaining Pertaining
Designation screws Designation Designation screws Designation
DIN 1592 -...- Weight ISO 4017 - ... - SN 428 -...- Weight DIN 1593-...- Weight ISO 4017 - ... - SN 428 - ... - Weight
St kg/unit 8.8 St kg/unit St kg/unit 8.8 St kg/unit
6 7 0,007 A 7 0,063 7 0,011 B 7 0,098
8 9 0,011 A 9 0,077 9 0,018 B 9 0,107
M 6 x 12
10
13 1) 0,014 A 13 0,092 13 0,020 M 6 x 12 B 13 0,117
12
16
19 0,040 M 10 x 16 A 19 0,156 19 0,025 B 19 0,138
18
20
21,3 23 0,094 A 23 0,302 23 0,057 B 23 0,223

22
25 26 0,105 A 26 0,312 26 0,061 B 26 0,229
26,9 M 10 x 16
28,5 0,108 M 12 x 20 A 28,5 0,326 28,5 0,066 B 28,5
28 0,247
30 31 0,119 A 31 0,34 31 0,069 B 31
33,7
36 0,176 A 36 0,606 36 0,166 B 36 0,473
35
38 39 0,185 A 39 0,637 39 0,174 B 39 0,492
42,4 43 0,208 A 43 0,707 43 0,187 B 43 0,529
M 12 x 20
48,3 49 0,378 M 16 x 25 A 49 0,825 49 0,200 B 49 0,539
60,3 61 0,456 A 61 0,903 61 0,333 B 61 1,071
76,1 - - - - - 77 0,405 B 77 1,304
88,9 - - - - - 91 0,764 M 16 x 25 B 91 1,476
114,3 - - - - - 115 0,930 B 115 1,696
139,7 - - - - - 142 2) 2,260 M 20 x 35 B 142 5,077
168,3 - - - - - 171 2) 2,620 M 20 x 40 B 171 5,642
Steel straps Pipe clips
DIN 3570 SN 432
Designation Pertaining nuts Designation Pertaining screws

Pipe DIN 3570 - ... - Weight ISO 4032 - ... - Pipe SN 432 - ... - Weight DIN 7513 - ... -
outside dia. St (steel) galvanised kg/unit 8 outside dia. St kg/unit C15 – galvanised
25,0 2x 6 0,013
A 30 0,094
26,9 3x 6 0,014
30,0 6 4x 6 0,015
A 38 0,105
33,7 M 10 5x 6 0,017
38,0 6x 6 0,018
A 46 0,12
42,4 2x 8 0,014
48,3 A 52 0,129 3x 8 0,016
60,3 A 64 0,222 8 4x 8 0,018 BE M 6 x 12
76,1 A 82 0,259 M 12 5x 8 0,02
88,9 A 94 0,288 6x 8 0,021
114,3 A 120 0,64 2 x 10 0,016
139,7 A 148 0,727 M 16 3 x 10 0,018
168,3 A 176 0,834 10 4 x 10 0,021
219,1 A 228 1,698 M 20 5 x 10 0,023
- - - - 6 x 10 0,025
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Chapter 10.4 : 2005-08
Pipe fasteners for high-pressure lines
SN 734
Pipe clamps
Base clamps Set-up clamps
Pipe
outside
dia.
Weight Designation Weight Designation

kg / unit SN 734 - ... kg / unit SN 734 - ...
10 SPAL 3010 PP – DPAL – AS 3010 PP – SIP – AF
12 SPAL 3012 PP– DPAL – AS 3012 PP – SIP – AF
16 0,33 SPAL 3016 PP – DPAL – AS 0,13 3016 PP – SIP – AF
17,2 SPAL 3017,2 PP– DPAL – AS 3017,2 PP – SIP – AF
20 SPAL 4020 PP – DPAL – AS 0,2 4020 PP – SIP – AF
21,3 SPAL 4021,3 PP – DPAL – AS 4021,3 PP – SIP – AF
0,42
26,9 SPAL 4026,9 PP – DPAL – AS 4026,9 PP – SIP – AF
0,18
28 SPAL 4028 PP– DPAL – AS 4028 PP – SIP – AF
33,7 0,51 SPAL 5033,7 PP – DPAL – AS 5033,7 PP – SIP – AF
0,23
38 0,5 SPAL 5038 PP – DPAL – AS 0,21 5038 PP – SIP – AF
42,4 1,29 SPAL 6042 PP – DPAL – AS 0,95 6042 PP – SIP – AF
48,3 1,28 SPAL 6048,3 PP – DPAL – AS 0,93 6048,3 PP – SIP – AF
114,3 5,87 SPAL 8114 PP– DPAL – AS 4,75 8114 PP – SIP – AF
139,7 8,75 SPAL 9140 PP – DPAL – AS 7,5 9140 PP – SIP – AF
168,3 8,31 SPAL 9168 PP– DPAL – AS 7 9168 PP – SIP – AF
219,1 23,2 SPAL 10219 PP– DPAL – AS 17 10219 PP – SIP – AF
Pipe clamp Weight kg / unit
SN 916
DN d1 h1 G F Gf
G 40 = plain bearing 100 114,3 100 4,9 4,3 4,6

G 41 = plain bearing 45°
125 139,7 113 5,6 5,0 5,3
F 40 = fixed bearing
150 168,3 130 5,9 5,3 5,5
F 41 = Festlager 45°
200 219,1 160 9,7 8,8 9,2
Gf 40 = plain bearing with

side guide 250 273,0 190 11,4 10,5 11,0
Gf 41 = plain bearing 45°
with side guide
300 323,9 217 13,0 12,1 12,5
August 2005
Chapter
High- and low-pressure hoselines
10.5
Dimensions in mm
High-pressure hoseline 1)
SN 756
Complete hoselines
with hose fitting for welding cone couplings
Type A Type F Type G
from DN 6 to DN 40 from DN 6 to DN 32 from DN 6 to DN 32
90° 45°
Operating
pressure
MPa
Weight Weight Weight
DN dynamic static d4 Nominal size kg / m Nominal size l5 -8 kg / m Nominal size l4 -8 kg / m
6 40,0 60,0 M 18 x 1,5 HA 6 x l 0,51 HF 6 x l 39 0,51 HG 6 x l 22 0,51
8 35,0 56,0 M 20 x 1,5 HA 8 x l 0,58 HF 8 x l 39 0,60 HG 8 x l 24 0,60

12 41,5 66,0 M 24 x 1,5 4 HA 12 x l 1,27 4 HF12 x l 50 1,31 4 HG12 x l 25 1,29
16 M 30 x 2 4 HA 16 x l 1,77 4 HF16 x l 55 1,85 4 HG16 x l 30 1,83
35,0 50,0
20 M 36 x 2 4 HA 20 x l 2,47 4 HF20 x l 63 2,39 4 HG20 x l 34 2,37
25 38,0 55,0 M 42 x 2 4SHA 25 x l 3,40 4SHF25 x l 80 3,92 4SHG25 x l 41 3,80
32 35,0 50,0 M 52 x 2 4SHA 32 x l 4,63 4SHF32 x l 98 5,41 4SHG32 x l 52 5,19
40 29,0 42,0 M 68 x 2 4SHA 40 x l 6,22 - - - - - -
SN 756
Complete hoseline with SAE flanged connection
6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 40;
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type C Type D Type E
90° 45°
Operating
pressure
Flange
MPa size
DN dynamic static 6000 psi Nominal size kg / m Nominal size l5 -8 kg / m Nominal size l4 -8 kg / m
12 41,5 66,0 4 HC 12 1,17 4 HD 12 58 1,26 4 HE 12 25 1,29
1/2“
16 4 HC 16 1,61 4 HD 16 58 1,61 4 HE 16 26 1,81
35,0 50,0
20 3/4“ 4 HC 20 2,05 4 HD 20 66 2,21 4 HE 20 30 2,27
25 38,0 55,0 1 “ 4SHC 25 3,28 4SHD 25 78 3,32 4SHE 25 39 3,60
32 35,0 50,0 4SHC 32 4,59 4SHD 32 105 4,79 4SHE 32 53 4,91
1 1/2“
40 29,0 42,0 4SHC 40 6,02 4SHD 40 115 6,32 4SHE 40 58 7,04
Examples of application are given on page 5

Page 2
Chapter 10.5 : 2005-08
High-pressure hoseline 1)
SN 759
Connection socket
AVIT male studs AVIT weld-on sockets
from DN 6 to DN 40 from DN 6 to DN 40
Type GUV Type GAV
Nominal size Weight Nominal size Weight

DN SN 759 – GUV ... d2 d4 kg/unit SN 759 – GAV ... d1 d4 kg/unit
6 10 / G 3/8 A – 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 18 x 1,5 0,05 10 x 1,5 – 1 10 M 18 x 1,5 0,04
8 12 / G 3/8 A – 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 20 x 1,5 0,06 12 x 2 – 1 12 M 20 x 1,5 0,05
12 16 / G 1/2 A – 1+ 5 G 1/2A M 24 x 1,5 0,09 16 x 2,5 – 1 16 M 24 x 1,5 0,07
16 20 / G 3/4 A – 1+ 5 G 3/4A M 30 x 2 0,15 20 x 3 – 1 20 M 30 x 2 0,14
20 25 / G1 A – 1+ 5 G1 A M 36 x 2 0,27 25 x 4 – 1 25 M 36 x 2 0,22
25 30 / G1 1/4 A – 1+ 5 G1 1/4A M 42 x 2 0,42 30 x 5 – 1 30 M 42 x 2 0,32
32 38 / G1 1/2 A – 1+ 5 G1 1/2A M 52 x 2 0,56 38 x 6 – 1 38 M 52 x 2 0,51
SN 756 SN 757
Complete hoseline Hose
with hose fitting for solderless pipe coupling
from DN 6 to DN 8 from DN 6 to DN 40
Type B
d3
Operating pressure
MPa
Weight d1 d3 Smallest Weight
DN dynamic static Nominal size d3 kg / m Nominal size min. max. bending radius kg / m
HB 6 x l 6 0,43
6 40,0 60,0 HB 6 x l 8 0,43 H 6xl 6,2 15,7 100 0,35
HB 6 x l 10 0,43
8 35,0 56,0 HB 8 x l 12 0,50 H 8xl 7,7 17,3 115 0,40
12 41,5 66,0 - - - 4 H 12 x l 12,3 25,9 230 0,87
16 - - - 4 H 16 x l 15,5 29,0 250 1,19
35,0 50,0
20 - - - 4 H 20 x l 18,6 33,0 300 1,49
25 38,0 55,0 - - - 4SH 25 x l 25,0 39,9 340 2,08
32 35,0 50,0 - - - 4SH 32 x l 31,4 47,1 460 2,51
40 29,0 42,0 - - - 4SH 40 x l 37,7 55,1 560 3,42
1)
High-pressure hoselines of DN 6, 8, 12 and 16 are also used for low-pressure lines.
2)
The length is specified as appropriate, but with due regard to the standard lengths.
3)
Connection to a compression ferrule pipe coupling.
Page 3
Chapter 10.5 : 2005-08
Low-pressure hoseline
SN 544-1 SN 544-2
Complete hoselines Hoses
Type A
for DN 20
with hoseline-end sleeve mountings
Type B
for DN 25 to DN 100
with hoseline-end clamping shell mountings
Operat.
pressure
Smallest Weight
DN MPa Nominal size d3 bending radius Nominal size d1 d2 kg / m
20 NA 20 G 3/4 70 N 20 19 31 0,8
25 NB 25 G1 80 N 25 25 37 0,9
32 NB 32 G 1 1/4 90 N 32 32 44 1,2
40 NB 40 G 1 1/2 110 N 40 40 54 1,4
1,6
50 NB 50 G2 130 N 50 50 64 2,1
63 NB 63 G 2 1/2 160 N 63 63 79 2,8
75 NB 75 G3 180 N 75 75 90 3,3
100 NB100 G4 250 N100 100 116 4,8
SN 544-1
Complete hoseline with SAE flanged connection
3000 psi
from DN 25 to DN 100
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type NE Type NF Type NG
90 ° 45 °
Operat. Flange
pressure size
DN MPa 3000 psi Nominal size kg / m Nominal size l5 kg / m Nominal size l4 kg / m
25 1 “ NE 25 1,52 NF 25 55 1,70 NG 25 25 1,58
32 1 1/4“ NE 32 2,08 NF 32 65 2,36 NG 32 27 2,16
40 1 1/2“ NE 40 2,58 NF 40 75 3,16 NG 40 30 2,70
50 1,6 2 “ NE 50 4,44 NF 50 100 5,16 NG 50 40 4,68
63 2 1/2“ NE 63 6,34 NF 63 120 7,92 NG 63 60 6,84
75 3 “ NE 75 7,38 NF 75 145 9,30 NG 75 73 8,10
100 4 “ NE100 13,18 NF100 185 17,16 NG100 92 14,80
Examples of application are given on page 5

Page 4
Chapter 10.5 : 2005-08
Low-pressure hoseline
SN 544-4
Types of connections for hoselines
Double nipple Welding nipple
Type C Type D
Operat.
pressure
Weight
Weight L3 kg / unit
DN MPa Nominal size d kg / unit Nominal size d for St (steel)t for 1.4571 St 1.4571
20 C 20 G 3/4 A 0,08 D 20 G 3/4 A 30 60 0,07 0,13
25 C 25 G1 A 0,10 D 25 G1 A 35 70 0,11 0,23
32 C 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,15 D 32 G 1 1/4 A 35 70 0,15 0,31
40 C 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,31 D 40 G 1 1/2 A 35 70 0,19 0,38
1,6
50 C 50 G2 A 0,41 D 50 G2 A 45 90 0,34 0,68
63 C 63 G 2 1/2 A 0,69 D 63 G 2 1/2 A 45 90 0,49 0,98
75 C 75 G3 A 0,83 D 75 G3 A 45 90 0,58 1,15
100 C100 G4 A 1,19 D100 G4 A 60 120 1,13 2,25
SN 545-3
Coupling
Blind plug
for clamping rings for cam connectors
Type D Type E
Operat.
pressure
Weight Weight
DN MPa Nominal size kg / unit Nominal size kg / unit
32
40 D 50 0,31 E 50 0,45
50 1,6
63
D 75 0,77 E 75 1,2
75
SN 545-1
Coupling
Clamping ring Cam connector
Type A Type B
Operat.
pressure
Weight Weight
DN MPa Nominal size d1 kg / unit Nominal size d2 kg / unit
32 A 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,84
40 A 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,88 B 50 G2 0,34
50 1,6 A 50 G2 A 0,90
63 A 63 G 2 1/2 A 2,10
B 75 G3 0,85
75 A 75 G3 A 2,30
Page 5
Chapter 10.5 : 2005-08
The illustrations are given only as a help for better understanding of the possible applications.
Examples of application: for high-pressure hoseline
Flange connection
Coupling
SN 532 F
SN 884 EW
Hoseline
Hoseline SN 756 HC
SN 756 HB Male stud
SN 759 GUV Flange connection
SN 532 F
Pipe
Coupling
SN 832 T
Pipe
Male stud
SN 759 GUV
Hoseline
SN 756 HA
Male stud Coupling
SN 759 GUV SN 753 DEV
Intermediate socket
SN 880
Examples of application: for low-pressure hoselines
Double nipple
DIN EN 10241 Double nipple
Elbow SN 544-4
DIN EN 10241
Hoseline
Coupling SN 544-1
SN 545-1
Hose fitting Welding nipple
SN 545-2 SN 544-4
Pipe
Hose
SN 544-2
T-piece
DIN EN 10241
Double nipple Hose fitting Blind plug

SN 544-4 SN 544-3 SN 545-3
Pipe
Socket Coupling Hose fitting Welding nipple
DIN EN SN 545-1 SN 544-3 SN 544-4 Cam connector
10241 SN 545-1
Hoseline fitting
SN 545-2
Pipe Pipe
Hose Hose fitting
Hose
SN 544-2 SN 544-3
SN 544-2
Revisions of August 2005
Chapter 1: Materials
- European steel grades
Cancellation of designation system, DIN comparison and structure of designation system.
- Revision of standard for structural steels according to DIN EN 10025 and DIN EN 10028.
- Change of standard for pipes.
- Revision of standard for quenched and tempered steels acc. to DIN EN 10083 and flame and induction
hardening steels acc. to DIN 17212, and split-up of nominal thickness into t and d.
- Change of hardness indication from "in hardening depth" into "limit hardness".
- Change of steel castings acc. to DIN 1681 into DIN EN 10293.
- Change of seamless precision tubes from DIN 2391 into DIN EN 10305.
- Seamless steel tubes acc. to DIN 2448 and welded steel tubes acc. to DIN 2458 changed into DIN EN 10220.
Restructuring of DEVA products.
- Newly added materials:
§ DILLIDUR
§ HARDOX
§ WELDOX
§ Screws, bolts, nuts and set screws in carbon steel and stainless steel
§ HyComp composite materials
§ LAMIGAMID
Chapter 2: Drilling and thread depths

Thread selection series and undercuts
- Maximum drilling depths
All holes whose drilling depths exceed 30 x d require agreement with the Operations Scheduling Dept.
(material-dependent).
Chapter 3: Curves, diagonals, undercuts

- Addition of undercuts (relief grooves) acc. to DIN 509 in SN 481.
- Extension of Table 5 by addition of SMS-specific radius sizes.
Chapter 4: Permissible bolt loads

Tightening torques, pretensioning tools
- Note on permissible bolt loads.
"The guideline does not apply to bolts with fine threads, necked-down bolts and T-head bolts as in SN 425."
- Adaptation of material designation for minimum depths of engagement.
Chapter 5: Design instructions on fasteners

Screws, bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction with
countersinks/counterbores and/or holes
Foundation anchoring elements
- Cancellation of runout tolerance for counterbore as in DIN 3852.
- Surface indication for pressures ≥ 20 MPa = 1,6 SMS Demag specific.
- Change of machined surface of T-slot.
- Cancellation of data on lockwashers in SN 351.
- Addition of eye bolts.
- Addition of countersinks for hexagon bolts.
- Addition of shuttering sleeve seal.
Chapter 6: Mechanical fasteners

Screws, bolts, nuts; setscrews, pins, studs, other screws/bolts;
washers and retaining elements, locknuts and locking plates
- Standard on setscrews renamed from DIN to DIN EN ISO.
- Addition of dimension lg max. of T-head bolt acc. to DIN 186.
- Addition of parallel pin, unhardened, acc. to DIN EN ISO 2338.
- Cancellation of lockwashers acc. to. SN 778.
- Change of hexagon nut from DIN 934 to DIN EN 24032.
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Revisions: 2005-08
Chapter 7: Feather keys

- Cancellation of taper keys with gib head acc. to DIN 6887.
Chapter 8: Axle stop plates, pins, bushings

- Revision of axle stop plate acc. to SN 370.
- Revision of SN 530 on pin without head.
- SN 358 on pin with head revised up to nominal size 100.
- Cancellation of pin with head and lubrication hole acc. to SN 356.
- Revision of runout tolerances for bushings acc. to SN 364 and addition of IT8 values.
Chapter 9: Structural steel sections

Semi-finished products kept in stock
Auxiliary and operating materials kept in stock
- Correction of data on bending axes of structural steel sections.
- Updating of SN 483 on semi-finished products. Ultrasonic testing acc. to DIN EN 10160, quality class S2/E2
instead of SEL 072.
- Section on "Auxiliary and operating materials carried in stock" shifted from Chapter 10 to Chapter 9.
- Material of sealing plates changed from NP 815 into aramide fiber.
- Medium strength bolt securing agent: code No. changed from 242 into 243.
- Instant adhesive changed from IS 496 into IS 406.
Chapter 10: Standard pipe dimensions, pipe couplings, flanges, welding fittings,
pipe fasteners, hoselines
- Chapter 10 split up into sub-chapters.
- Change of standard and material designations of the pipes.
- Addition of design instructions on Walform method.
- Change of type designations and standard of the flanges.
- Revision of hoselines.
Rear cover sheet

- Addition of conversion table for pressure units.
Previous editions
Standards book and SN 200: 1975-11, 1978-01, 1981-01,
1985-01, 1992-03
Standards book: 1997-07, 2002-01
Units of quantity (QU) and their designations
QU Designation ME Designation
0 set 5 m³
1 kg 6 t
2 piece 7 liter
3 m 8 panel
4 m2 9 pair
Conversion table for pressure units

Designation kp/cm² psi
Short name bar Pa
of the unit (atü)* (lb/inch²)
Bar 1 bar 1 100.000 1,01972 14,5038
Pascal
1 Pa 1,01972 1,45038
Newton per 10-5 1
1 N/m² x10-5 x10-4
square meter
Technical
1 kp/cm² 0,9807 9.8066,5 1 14,2233
atmosphere
Pound per 1 psi

0,06895 6.894,76 0,070307 1
square inch 1 lb/inch²
* atmosphere above atmospheric pressure

Only the units shown in bold type are regulated by law in the Federal Republic of Germany.
Imprint
STANDARDS BOOK 2005 is published by SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft,

Dept. of Standardization.
Wiesenstraße 30, 57271 Hilchenbach, Germany
Phone: (0 27 33) 29–10 93
Fax: (0 27 33) 29–10 73
E-Mail: hueb@sms-demag.com
mott@sms-demag.com

Standardbook 2005-08 e

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Standardbook 2005-08 e

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 MATERIALS

3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

8 AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS

STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS

STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

1st edition (August 2005)

Rolled and forged steels

Steels for forgings ................................................................................................................................................Pages 12 to 15

Footnotes ............................................................................................................................................... Page 38

Notch impact energy ISO-

and long products

*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping

For footnotes see page 38

- - - - - - - 1,40 0,035 - - - 0,012 1 - 0,9 1,2 0,9

limited feasibility 0,20

Yield point or 0,2% proof

Notch impact energy

X2CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4404 8,0 ≤ 50 190 490 to 690 40 / l - 100 / l -

For footnotes see page 38

Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

Flat products +QT 150 < t ≤ 250 245 420 to 570 -

For footnotes see page 38

0,12 0,40 0,25

0,08 0,40 0,70 0,40

Yield point or 0,2% proof

Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

> 100 ≤ 150 560 650 to 830

> 3 ≤ 50 690 770 to 940

Structural steels quenched and 30 / l

DIN EN 10025-6 > 3 ≤ 50 890 940 to 1100

t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 240 min. 430 24 - - 200

t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 300 min. 550 18 - - 240

For footnotes see page 38

reversed bending stresses

Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

d ≤ 16 420 620 to 760 17 40 42 320

t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 900 1100 to 1300 10 40 30 530

* not according to standard

For footnotes see page 38

Bolts 8.8 up to 100 mm

0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80 300 Bolts 10.9 up to

a) Forms Cr carbides, which are difficult to machine.

Yield point or 0,2% proof

Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

C22 1.0402 +N 7,85 ≤ 100 210 410 25 - - - -

For footnotes see page 38

for hardening treatment

Relative cost factor

1 For medium loads,

Yield point or 0,2% proof

Fatigue strength under

Notch impact energy

+QT 700 500 700 to 850 13 25 370

+QT 800 600 800 to 900 20

X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 - 7,90 ≤ 450 190 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -